Мануал на кавасаки z1000

Материал из BikesWiki — энциклопедия японских мотоциклов

Перейти к: навигация, поиск

Kawasaki Z1000

Ниже представлены прямые ссылки на скачку сервисной документации.

Для Kawasaki Z1000

  • Сервисный мануал (Service Manual) на Kawasaki Z1000 (2003-2006)
  • Сервисный мануал (Service Manual) на Kawasaki Z1000 (2007-2009)
  • Сервисный мануал (Service Manual) на Kawasaki Z1000 (2010-2013)
  • Сервисный мануал (Service Manual) на Kawasaki Z1000 (2014-2015)
  • Руководство пользователя (Owners Manual) на Kawasaki Z1000SX (на русском)

Обзор модели

  • Kawasaki Z1000

Источник — «https://bikeswiki.ru/index.php?title=Kawasaki_Z1000:_мануалы&oldid=9712»

Категория:

  • Сервисная документация

Z1000SX

Z1000SX ABS

Ninja 1000

Ninja 1000 ABS

Motorcycle

Service Manual

Quick Reference Guide

This quick reference guide will assist you in locating a desired topic or procedure.

•Bend the pages back to match the black tab of the desired chapter number with the black tab on the edge at each table of contents page.

•Refer to the sectional table of contents for the exact pages to locate the specific topic required.

General Information

1

j

Periodic Maintenance

2

j

Fuel System (DFI)

3

j

Cooling System

4

j

Engine Top End

5

j

Clutch

6

j

Engine Lubrication System

7

j

Engine Removal/Installation

8

j

Crankshaft/Transmission

9

j

Wheels/Tires

10

j

Final Drive

11

j

Brakes

12

j

Suspension

13

j

Steering

14

j

Frame

15

j

Electrical System

16

j

Appendix

17

j

Z1000SX

Z1000SX ABS

Ninja 1000

Ninja 1000 ABS

Motorcycle

Service Manual

All rights reserved. No parts of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic mechanical photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior written permission of Quality Assurance Division/Motorcycle & Engine Company/Kawasaki Heavy Industries, Ltd., Japan.

No liability can be accepted for any inaccuracies or omissions in this publication, although every possible care has been taken to make it as complete and accurate as possible.

The right is reserved to make changes at any time without prior notice and without incurring an obligation to make such changes to products manufactured previously. See your Motorcycle dealer for the latest information on product improvements incorporated after this publication.

All information contained in this publication is based on the latest product information available at the time of publication. Illustrations and photographs in this publication are intended for reference use only and may not depict actual model component parts.

© 2010 Kawasaki Heavy Industries, Ltd.

2nd Edition (0) : Jun. 20, 2011

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

A

ampere(s)

lb

pound(s)

ABDC

after bottom dead center

m

meter(s)

AC

alternating current

min

minute(s)

ATDC

after top dead center

N

newton(s)

BBDC

before bottom dead center

Pa

pascal(s)

BDC

bottom dead center

PS

horsepower

BTDC

before top dead center

psi

pound(s) per square inch

°C

degree(s) Celsius

r

revolution

DC

direct current

rpm

revolution(s) per minute

F

farad(s)

TDC

top dead center

°F

degree(s) Fahrenheit

TIR

total indicator reading

ft

foot, feet

V

volt(s)

g

gram(s)

W

watt(s)

h

hour(s)

ohm(s)

L

liter(s)

COUNTRY AND AREA CODES

AT

Austria

AU

Australia

BR

Brazil

CA

Canada

CAL

California

CH

Switzerland

DE

Germany

GB

United Kingdom

SEA-B1

Southeast Asia B1 (with Evaporative

Emission Control System)

SEA-B2

Southeast Asia B2

US

United States

WVTA

WVTA Model with Honeycomb

(FULL H)

Catalytic Converter (Full Power)

GB WVTA

WVTA Model with Honeycomb Catalytic

(FULL H)

Converter (Left Side Traffic, Full Power)

WVTA

WVTA Model with Honeycomb

(78.2 H)

Catalytic Converter (78.2 Kw Power)

EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION

To protect the environment in which we all live, Kawasaki has incorporated crankcase emission (1) and exhaust emission (2) control systems in compliance with applicable regulations of the United States Environmental Protection Agency and California Air Resources Board. Additionally, Kawasaki has incorporated an evaporative emission control system (3) in compliance with applicable regulations of the California Air Resources Board on vehicles sold in California only.

1. Crankcase Emission Control System

This system eliminates the release of crankcase vapors into the atmosphere. Instead, the vapors are routed through an oil separator to the intake side of the engine. While the engine is operating, the vapors are drawn into combustion chamber, where they are burned along with the fuel and air supplied by the fuel injection system.

2. Exhaust Emission Control System

This system reduces the amount of pollutants discharged into the atmosphere by the exhaust of this motorcycle. The fuel, ignition, and exhaust systems of this motorcycle have been carefully designed and constructed to ensure an efficient engine with low exhaust pollutant levels.

The exhaust system of this model motorcycle manufactured primarily for sale in California includes a catalytic converter system.

3. Evaporative Emission Control System

Vapors caused by fuel evaporation in the fuel system are not vented into the atmosphere. Instead, fuel vapors are routed into the running engine to be burned, or stored in a canister when the engine is stopped. Liquid fuel is caught by a vapor separator and returned to the fuel tank.

The Clean Air Act, which is the Federal law covering motor vehicle pollution, contains what is commonly referred to as the Act’s “tampering provisions”.

“Sec. 203(a) The following acts and the causing thereof are prohibited.

(3)(A) for any person to remove or render inoperative any device or element of design installed on or in a motor vehicle or motor vehicle engine in compliance with regulations under this title prior to its sale and delivery to the ultimate purchaser, or for any manufacturer or dealer knowingly to remove or render inoperative any such device or element of design after such sale and delivery to the ultimate purchaser.

(3)(B) for any person engaged in the business of repairing, servicing, selling, leasing, or trading motor vehicles or motor vehicle engines, or who operates a fleet of motor vehicles knowingly to remove or render inoperative any device or element of design installed on or in a motor vehicle or motor vehicle engine in compliance with regulations under this title following its sale and delivery to the ultimate purchaser…”

NOTE

The phrase “remove or render inoperative any device or element of design” has been generally interpreted as follows.

1.Tampering does not include the temporary removal or rendering inoperative of devices or elements of design in order to perform maintenance.

2.Tampering could include.

a.Maladjustment of vehicle components such that the emission standards are exceeded.

b.Use of replacement parts or accessories which adversely affect the performance or durability of the motorcycle.

c.Addition of components or accessories that result in the vehicle exceeding the standards.

d.Permanently removing, disconnecting, or rendering inoperative any component or element of design of the emission control systems.

WE RECOMMEND THAT ALL DEALERS OBSERVE THESE PROVISIONS OF FEDERAL LAW, THE VIOLATION OF WHICH IS PUNISHABLE BY CIVIL PENALTIES NOT EXCEEDING $10 000 PER VIOLATION.

TAMPERING WITH NOISE CONTROL SYSTEM PROHIBITED

Federal law prohibits the following acts or the causing thereof. (1) The removal or rendering inoperative by any person other than for purposes of maintenance, repair, or replacement, of any device or element of design incorporated into any new vehicle for the purpose of noise control prior to its sale or delivery to the ultimate purchaser or while it is in use, or (2) the use of the vehicle after such device or element of design has been removed or rendered inoperative by any person.

Among those acts presumed to constitute tampering are the acts listed below.

Replacement of the original exhaust system or muffler with a component not in compliance with Federal regulations.

Removal of the muffler(s) or any internal portion of the muffler(s).

Removal of the air box or air box cover.

Modifications to the muffler(s) or air intake system by cutting, drilling, or other means if such modifications result in increased noise levels.

Foreword

This manual is designed primarily for use by trained mechanics in a properly equipped shop. However, it contains enough detail and basic information to make it useful to the owner who desires to perform his own basic maintenance and repair work. A basic knowledge of mechanics, the proper use of tools, and workshop procedures must be understood in order to carry out maintenance and repair satisfactorily. Whenever the owner has insufficient experience or doubts his ability to do the work, all adjustments, maintenance, and repair should be carried out only by qualified mechanics.

In order to perform the work efficiently and to avoid costly mistakes, read the text, thoroughly familiarize yourself with the procedures before starting work, and then do the work carefully in a clean area. Whenever special tools or equipment are specified, do not use makeshift tools or equipment. Precision measurements can only be made if the proper instruments are used, and the use of substitute tools may adversely affect safe operation.

For the duration of the warranty period, we recommend that all repairs and scheduled maintenance be performed in accordance with this service manual. Any owner maintenance or repair procedure not performed in accordance with this manual may void the warranty.

To get the longest life out of your vehicle.

Follow the Periodic Maintenance Chart in the Service Manual.

Be alert for problems and non-scheduled maintenance.

Use proper tools and genuine Kawasaki Motorcycle parts. Special tools, gauges, and testers that are necessary when servicing Kawasaki motorcycles are introduced by the Service Manual. Genuine parts provided as spare parts are listed in the Parts Catalog.

Follow the procedures in this manual carefully. Don’t take shortcuts.

Remember to keep complete records of maintenance and repair with dates and any new parts installed.

How to Use This Manual

In this manual, the product is divided into its major systems and these systems make up the manual’s chapters. The Quick Reference

Guide shows you all of the product’s system and assists in locating their chapters. Each chapter in turn has its own comprehensive Table of Contents.

For example, if you want ignition coil information, use the Quick Reference Guide to locate the Electrical System chapter. Then, use the Table of Contents on the first page of the chapter to find the Ignition Coil section.

Whenever you see symbols, heed their instructions! Always follow safe operating and maintenance practices.

DANGER

DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

WARNING

WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

NOTICE

NOTICE is used to address practices not related to personal injury.

This manual contains four more symbols which will help you distinguish different types of information.

NOTE

This note symbol indicates points of particular interest for more efficient and convenient operation.

Indicatesdone. a procedural step or work to be Indicates a procedural sub-step or how to do the work of the procedural step it follows. It

also precedes the text of a NOTE.

Indicates a conditional step or what action to take based on the results of the test or inspection in the procedural step or sub-step it follows.

In most chapters an exploded view illustration of the system components follows the Table of Contents. In these illustrations you will find the instructions indicating which parts require specified tightening torque, oil, grease or a locking agent during assembly.

GENERAL INFORMATION 1-1

General Information

Table of Contents

1

Before Servicing ………………………………………………………………………………………………………

1-2

Model Identification…………………………………………………………………………………………………..

1-7

General Specifications………………………………………………………………………………………………

1-10

Unit Conversion Table ………………………………………………………………………………………………

1-13

1-2 GENERAL INFORMATION

Before Servicing

Before starting to perform an inspection service or carry out a disassembly and reassembly operation on a motorcycle, read the precautions given below. To facilitate actual operations, notes, illustrations, photographs, cautions, and detailed descriptions have been included in each chapter wherever necessary. This section explains the items that require particular attention during the removal and reinstallation or disassembly and reassembly of general parts.

Especially note the following.

Battery Ground

Before completing any service on the motorcycle, disconnect the battery cables from the battery to prevent the engine from accidentally turning over. Disconnect the ground cable (–) first and then the positive (+). When completed with the service, first connect the positive (+) cable to the positive (+) terminal of the battery then the negative (–) cable to the negative terminal.

Edges of Parts

Lift large or heavy parts wearing gloves to prevent injury from possible sharp edges on the parts.

Solvent

Use a high-flush point solvent when cleaning parts. High -flush point solvent should be used according to directions of the solvent manufacturer.

Cleaning Vehicle before Disassembly

Clean the vehicle thoroughly before disassembly. Dirt or other foreign materials entering into sealed areas during vehicle disassembly can cause excessive wear and decrease performance of the vehicle.

GENERAL INFORMATION 1-3

Before Servicing

Arrangement and Cleaning of Removed Parts

Disassembled parts are easy to confuse. Arrange the parts according to the order the parts were disassembled and clean the parts in order prior to assembly.

Storage of Removed Parts

After all the parts including subassembly parts have been cleaned, store the parts in a clean area. Put a clean cloth or plastic sheet over the parts to protect from any foreign materials that may collect before re-assembly.

Inspection

Reuse of worn or damaged parts may lead to serious accident. Visually inspect removed parts for corrosion, discoloration, or other damage. Refer to the appropriate sections of this manual for service limits on individual parts. Replace the parts if any damage has been found or if the part is beyond its service limit.

Replacement Parts

Replacement parts must be KAWASAKI genuine or recommended by KAWASAKI. Gaskets, O-rings, oil seals, grease seals, circlips, cotter pins or self-locking nuts must be replaced with new ones whenever disassembled.

Assembly Order

In most cases assembly order is the reverse of disassembly, however, if assembly order is provided in this Service Manual, follow the procedures given.

1-4 GENERAL INFORMATION

Before Servicing

Tightening Sequence

Generally, when installing a part with several bolts, nuts, or screws, start them all in their holes and tighten them to a snug fit. Then tighten them according to the specified sequence to prevent case warpage or deformation which can lead to malfunction. Conversely when loosening the bolts, nuts, or screws, first loosen all of them by about a quarter turn and then remove them. If the specified tightening sequence is not indicated, tighten the fasteners alternating diagonally.

Tightening Torque

Incorrect torque applied to a bolt, nut, or screw may lead to serious damage. Tighten fasteners to the specified torque using a good quality torque wrench.

Force

Use common sense during disassembly and assembly, excessive force can cause expensive or hard to repair damage. When necessary, remove screws that have a non -permanent locking agent applied using an impact driver. Use a plastic-faced mallet whenever tapping is necessary.

Gasket, O-ring

Hardening, shrinkage, or damage of both gaskets and O-rings after disassembly can reduce sealing performance. Remove old gaskets and clean the sealing surfaces thoroughly so that no gasket material or other material remains. Install the new gaskets and replace the used O-rings when re-assembling.

Liquid Gasket, Non-permanent Locking Agent

For applications that require Liquid Gasket or a Non-permanent Locking Agent, clean the surfaces so that no oil residue remains before applying liquid gasket or non-permanent locking agent. Do not apply them excessively. Excessive application can clog oil passages and cause serious damage.

GENERAL INFORMATION 1-5

Before Servicing

Press

For items such as bearings or oil seals that must be pressed into place, apply small amount of oil to the contact area. Be sure to maintain proper alignment and use smooth movements when installing.

Ball Bearing and Needle Bearing

Do not remove pressed ball or needle unless removal is absolutely necessary. Replace with new ones whenever removed. Press bearings with the manufacturer and size marks facing out. Press the bearing into place by putting pressure on the correct bearing race as shown.

Pressing the incorrect race can cause pressure between the inner and outer race and result in bearing damage.

Oil Seal, Grease Seal

Do not remove pressed oil or grease seals unless removal is necessary. Replace with new ones whenever removed. Press new oil seals with manufacture and size marks facing out. Make sure the seal is aligned properly when installing.

Apply specified grease to the lip of seal before installing the seal.

Circlips, Cotter Pins

Replace the circlips or cotter pins that were removed with new ones. Take care not to open the clip excessively when installing to prevent deformation.

1-6 GENERAL INFORMATION

Before Servicing

Lubrication

It is important to lubricate rotating or sliding parts during assembly to minimize wear during initial operation. Lubrication points are called out throughout this manual, apply the specific oil or grease as specified.

Direction of Engine Rotation

When rotating the crankshaft by hand, the free play amount of rotating direction will affect the adjustment. Rotate the crankshaft to positive direction (clockwise viewed from output side).

Electrical Wires

A two-color wire is identified first by the primary color and then the stripe color. Unless instructed otherwise, electrical wires must be connected to those of the same color.

Instrument

Use a meter that has enough accuracy for an accurate measurement. Read the manufacture’s instructions thoroughly before using the meter. Incorrect values may lead to improper adjustments.

Kawasaki Z1000SX, Z1000SX ABS, Ninja 1000, Ninja 1000 ABS Service manual

GENERAL INFORMATION 1-7

Model Identification

ZX1000GB (United States and Canada) Left Side View

ZX1000GB (United States and Canada) Right Side View

Frame Number

Engine Number

1-8 GENERAL INFORMATION

Model Identification

ZX1000GB (Europe) Left Side View

ZX1000GB (Europe) Right Side View

GENERAL INFORMATION 1-9

Model Identification

ZX1000HB Left Side View

ZX1000HB Right Side View

1-10 GENERAL INFORMATION

General Specifications

Items

ZX1000GB GC/HB HC

Dimensions

Overall Length

2 105 mm (82.87 in.)

Overall Width

790 mm (31.1 in.)

Overall Height/High Position

1 170 mm (40.06 in.)/1 230 mm (48.43 in.)

Wheelbase

1 445 mm (56.89 in.)

Road Clearance

135 mm (5.31 in.)

Seat Height

820 mm (32.28 in.)

Curb Mass:

ZX1000G

228 kg (503 lb)

ZX1000H

231 kg (509 lb)

Front:

ZX1000G

117 kg (258 lb)

ZX1000H

118 kg (260 lb)

Rear:

ZX1000G

111 kg (245 lb)

ZX1000H

113 kg (249 lb)

Fuel Tank Capacity

19 L (5.0 US gal.)

Performance

Minimum Turning Radius

3.1 m (10.1 ft)

Engine

Type

4-stroke, DOHC, 4-cylinder

Cooling System

Liquid-cooled

Bore and Stroke

77.0 × 56.0 mm (3.03 × 2.20 in.)

Displacement

1 043 cm³ (63.64 cu in.)

Compression Ratio

11.8 : 1

Maximum Horsepower

101.5 kW (138 PS) @9 600 r/min (rpm)

(SEA-B1/B2) 100 kW (136 PS) @9 000 r/min (rpm)

(WVTA (78.2 H)) 78.2 kW (106 PS) @9 100 r/min (rpm)

(CA, US) – – –

Maximum Torque

110 N·m (11.2 kgf·m, 81.1 ft·lb) @7 800 r/min (rpm)

(WVTA (78.2 H)) 95 N·m (9.7 kgf·m, 70 ft·lb) @7 500 r/min (rpm)

(CA, US) – – –

Carburetion System

FI (Fuel Injection) KEIHIN TTK38 × 4

Starting System

Electric starter

Ignition System

Battery and coil (transistorized)

Timing Advance

Electronically advanced (digital igniter)

Ignition Timing

From 10° BTDC @1 100 r/min (rpm) to 40.2° BTDC

@5 200 r/min (rpm)

Spark Plug

NGK CR9EIA-9

Cylinder Numbering Method

Left to right, 1-2-3-4

Firing Order

1-2-4-3

Valve Timing:

Intake:

Open

31° BTDC

Close

65° ABDC

GENERAL INFORMATION 1-11

General Specifications

Items

ZX1000GB GC/HB HC

Duration

276°

Exhaust:

Open

58° BBDC

Close

18° ATDC

Duration

256°

Lubrication System

Forced lubrication (wet sump)

Engine Oil:

Type

API SG, SH, SJ, SL or SM with JASO MA, MA1 or MA2

Viscosity

SAE 10W-40

Capacity

4.0 L (4.2 US qt)

Drive Train

Primary Reduction System:

Type

Gear

Reduction Ratio

1.627 (83/51)

Clutch Type

Wet multi disc

Transmission:

Type

6-speed, constant mesh, return shift

Gear Ratios:

1st

2.600 (39/15)

2nd

1.950 (39/20)

3rd

1.600 (24/15)

4th

1.389 (25/18)

5th

1.238 (26/21)

6th

1.136 (25/22)

Final Drive System:

Type

Chain drive

Reduction Ratio

2.733 (41/15)

Overall Drive Ratio

5.055 @Top gear

Frame

Type

Tubular, diamond

Caster (Rake Angle)

24.5°

Trail

102 mm (4.02 in.)

Front Tire:

Type

Tubeless

Size

120/70 ZR17 M/C (58W)

Rim Size

J17M/C × MT3.50

Rear Tire:

Type

Tubeless

Size

190/50 ZR17 M/C (73W)

Rim Size

J17M/C × MT6.00

Front Suspension:

Type

Telescopic fork (upside-down)

Wheel Travel

120 mm (4.72 in.)

1-12 GENERAL INFORMATION

General Specifications

Items

ZX1000GB GC/HB HC

Rear Suspension:

Type

Swingarm

Wheel Travel

138 mm (5.43 in.)

Brake Type:

Front

Dual discs

Rear

Single disc

Electrical Equipment

Battery

12 V 8 Ah

Headlight:

Type

Semi-sealed beam

High Beam

12 V 55 W

Low Beam

12 V 55 W

Tail/Brake Light

LED

Alternator:

Type

Three-phase AC

Specifications are subject to change without notice, and may not apply to every country.

GENERAL INFORMATION 1-13

Unit Conversion Table

Prefixes for Units:

Units of Length:

Prefix

Symbol

Power

mega

M

× 1 000

000

kilo

k

×

1 000

centi

c

×

0.01

milli

m

×

0.001

micro

µ

× 0.000001

Units of Mass:

kg

×

2.205

=

lb

g

×

0.03527

=

oz

Units of Volume:

L

×

0.2642

=

gal (US)

L

×

0.2200

=

gal (IMP)

L

×

1.057

=

qt (US)

L

×

0.8799

=

qt (IMP)

L

×

2.113

=

pint (US)

L

×

1.816

=

pint (IMP)

mL

×

0.03381

=

oz (US)

mL

×

0.02816

=

oz (IMP)

mL

×

0.06102

=

cu in

Units of Force:

N

×

0.1020

=

kg

N

×

0.2248

=

lb

kg

×

9.807

=

N

kg

×

2.205

=

lb

km

×

0.6214

=

mile

m

×

3.281

=

ft

mm

×

0.03937

=

in

Units of Torque:

N·m

×

0.1020

=

kgf·m

N·m

×

0.7376

=

ft·lb

N·m

×

8.851

=

in·lb

kgf·m

×

9.807

=

N·m

kgf·m

×

7.233

=

ft·lb

kgf·m

×

86.80

=

in·lb

Units of Pressure:

kPa

×

0.01020

=

kgf/cm²

kPa

×

0.1450

=

psi

kPa

×

0.7501

=

cmHg

kgf/cm²

×

98.07

=

kPa

kgf/cm²

×

14.22

=

psi

cmHg

×

1.333

=

kPa

Units of Speed:

km/h × 0.6214 = mph

Units of Power:

kW

×

1.360

=

PS

kW

×

1.341

=

HP

PS

×

0.7355

=

kW

PS

×

0.9863

=

HP

Units of Temperature:

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-1

Periodic Maintenance

Table of Contents

Periodic Maintenance Chart ………………………………………………………………………………………

2-3

Torque and Locking Agent…………………………………………………………………………………………

2-7

2

Specifications

2-13

Special Tools …………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

2-15

Periodic Maintenance Procedures………………………………………………………………………………

2-17

Fuel System (DFI)………………………………………………………………………………………………….

2-17

Throttle Control System Inspection………………………………………………………………………..

2-17

Engine Vacuum Synchronization Inspection……………………………………………………………

2-17

Idle Speed Inspection ………………………………………………………………………………………….

2-21

Idle Speed Adjustment…………………………………………………………………………………………

2-22

Fuel Hose Inspection (fuel leak, damage, installation condition) ………………………………..

2-22

Evaporative Emission Control System (CAL and SEA-B1 Models) Inspection……………..

2-23

Cooling System……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

2-24

Coolant Level Inspection………………………………………………………………………………………

2-24

Radiator Hose and Pipe Inspection (coolant leak, damage, installation condition) ……….

2-24

Engine Top End …………………………………………………………………………………………………….

2-24

Valve Clearance Inspection ………………………………………………………………………………….

2-24

Valve Clearance Adjustment…………………………………………………………………………………

2-26

Air Suction System Damage Inspection………………………………………………………………….

2-29

Clutch…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

2-30

Clutch Operation Inspection………………………………………………………………………………….

2-30

Wheels/Tires…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

2-31

Air Pressure Inspection………………………………………………………………………………………..

2-31

Wheel/Tire Damage Inspection……………………………………………………………………………..

2-31

Tire Tread Wear Inspection…………………………………………………………………………………..

2-31

Wheel Bearing Damage Inspection ……………………………………………………………………….

2-32

Final Drive…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

2-33

Drive Chain Lubrication Condition Inspection ………………………………………………………….

2-33

Drive Chain Slack Inspection ………………………………………………………………………………..

2-33

Drive Chain Slack Adjustment ………………………………………………………………………………

2-34

Wheel Alignment Inspection …………………………………………………………………………………

2-34

Wheel Alignment Adjustment………………………………………………………………………………..

2-34

Drive Chain Wear Inspection ………………………………………………………………………………..

2-35

Chain Guide Wear Inspection ……………………………………………………………………………….

2-35

Brakes………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

2-36

Brake Fluid Leak (Brake Hose and Pipe) Inspection ………………………………………………..

2-36

Brake Hose and Pipe Damage and Installation Condition Inspection………………………….

2-37

Brake Operation Inspection ………………………………………………………………………………….

2-37

Brake Fluid Level Inspection…………………………………………………………………………………

2-37

Brake Pad Wear Inspection ………………………………………………………………………………….

2-38

Brake Light Switch Operation Inspection ………………………………………………………………..

2-39

Suspension…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

2-40

Front Forks/Rear Shock Absorber Operation Inspection …………………………………………..

2-40

Front Fork Oil Leak Inspection………………………………………………………………………………

2-40

Rear Shock Absorber Oil Leak Inspection ………………………………………………………………

2-40

Rocker Arm Operation Inspection………………………………………………………………………….

2-40

Tie-Rod Operation Inspection ……………………………………………………………………………….

2-41

Steering ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

2-41

Steering Play Inspection ………………………………………………………………………………………

2-41

Steering Play Adjustment……………………………………………………………………………………..

2-41

2-2 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

Steering Stem Bearing Lubrication ………………………………………………………………………..

2-43

Electrical System …………………………………………………………………………………………………..

2-44

Lights and Switches Operation Inspection………………………………………………………………

2-44

Headlight Aiming Inspection …………………………………………………………………………………

2-46

Sidestand Switch Operation Inspection ………………………………………………………………….

2-47

Engine Stop Switch Operation Inspection……………………………………………………………….

2-48

Others………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

2-49

Chassis Parts Lubrication …………………………………………………………………………………….

2-49

Bolts, Nuts and Fasteners Tightness Inspection………………………………………………………

2-51

Replacement Parts ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

2-52

Air Cleaner Element Replacement…………………………………………………………………………

2-52

Fuel Hose Replacement ………………………………………………………………………………………

2-52

Coolant Change ………………………………………………………………………………………………….

2-54

Radiator Hose and O-ring Replacement…………………………………………………………………

2-56

Engine Oil Change………………………………………………………………………………………………

2-57

Oil Filter Replacement …………………………………………………………………………………………

2-57

Brake Hose Replacement …………………………………………………………………………………….

2-58

Brake Fluid Change …………………………………………………………………………………………….

2-59

Master Cylinder Rubber Parts Replacement …………………………………………………………..

2-61

Caliper Rubber Parts Replacement ……………………………………………………………………….

2-62

Spark Plug Replacement ……………………………………………………………………………………..

2-66

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-3

Periodic Maintenance Chart

The scheduled maintenance must be done in accordance with this chart to keep the motorcycle in good running condition.The initial maintenance is vitally important and must not be neglected.

Periodic Inspection

FREQUENCY

Whichever

* ODOMETER READING

comes

× 1 000 km

See

first

(× 1 000 mile)

Page

1

6

12

18

24

30

36

ITEM

Every

(0.6)

(3.75)

(7.5)

(11.25)

(15)

(18.75)

(22.5)

Fuel System

Throttle control system (play,

year

2-17

smooth return, no drag) — inspect

Engine vacuum synchronization —

2-17

inspect

Idle speed — inspect

2-21

Fuel leak (fuel hose and pipe) —

year

2-22

inspect

Fuel hose and pipe damage —

year

2-22

inspect

Fuel hose and pipe installation

year

2-22

condition — inspect

Evaporative emission control

2-23

system function (CAL), (SEA-B1)

— inspect

Cooling System

Coolant level — inspect

2-24

Coolant leak (water hose and

year

2-24

pipe) — inspect

Water hose damage — inspect

year

2-24

Water hose installation condition —

year

2-24

inspect

Engine Top End

US, CA, CAL

2-24

Model

Valve clearance —

Other than

inspect

Every 42 000 km (26 250 mile)

2-24

US, CA, CAL

Models

Air suction system damage —

2-29

inspect

Clutch

Clutch operation (play,

2-30

disengagement, engagement) —

inspect

Wheels and Tires

Tire air pressure — inspect

year

2-31

Wheel/tire damage — inspect

2-31

Tire tread wear, abnormal wear —

2-31

inspect

Wheel bearing damage — inspect

year

2-32

2-4 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

Periodic Maintenance Chart

FREQUENCY

Whichever

* ODOMETER READING

comes

× 1 000 km

See

first

(× 1 000 mile)

Page

1

6

12

18

24

30

36

ITEM

Every

(0.6)

(3.75)

(7.5)

(11.25)

(15)

(18.75)

(22.5)

Final Drive

Drive chain lubrication condition —

Every 600 km (400 mile)

2-33

inspect #

Drive chain slack — inspect #

Every 1 000 km (600 mile)

2-33

Drive chain wear — inspect #

2-35

Drive chain guide wear — inspect

2-35

Brakes

Brake fluid leak (brake hose and

year

2-36

pipe) — inspect

Brake hose and pipe damage —

year

2-37

inspect

Brake hose and pipe installation

year

2-37

condition — inspect

Brake operation (effectiveness,

year

2-37

play, no drag) — inspect

Brake fluid level — inspect

6

2-37

months

Brake pad wear — inspect #

2-38

Brake light switch operation —

2-39

inspect

Suspension

Front forks/rear shock absorber

2-40

operation (damping and smooth

stroke) — inspect

Front forks/rear shock absorber

year

2-40

oil leak — inspect

Rocker arm operation — inspect

2-40

Tie-rods operation — inspect

2-41

Steering

Steering play — inspect

year

2-41

Steering stem bearings — lubricate

2 years

2-43

Electrical System

Lights and switches operation —

year

2-44

inspect

Headlight aiming — inspect

year

2-46

Sidestand switch operation —

year

2-47

inspect

Engine stop switch operation —

year

2-48

inspect

Others

Chassis parts — lubricate

year

2-49

Bolts and nuts tightness — inspect

2-51

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-5

Periodic Maintenance Chart

#: Service more frequently when operating in severe conditions; dusty, wet, muddy, high speed or frequent starting/stopping.

*: For higher odometer readings, repeat at the frequency interval established here.

2-6 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

Periodic Maintenance Chart

Periodic Replacement Parts

FREQUENCY

Whichever

* ODOMETER READING

comes

× 1 000 km

See

first

(× 1 000 mile)

Page

1

12

24

36

48

ITEM

Every

(0.6)

(7.5)

(15)

(22.5)

(30)

Air cleaner element # — replace

Every 18 000 km (11 250 mile)

2-52

Fuel hose — replace

5 years

2-52

Coolant — change

3 years

2-54

Radiator hose and O-ring — replace

3 years

2-56

Engine oil # — change

year

2-57

Oil filter — replace

year

2-57

Brake hose — replace

4 years

2-58

Brake fluid — change

2 years

2-59

Rubber parts of master cylinder and caliper —

4 years

2-61,

replace

2-62

Spark plug — replace

2-66

#: Service more frequently when operating in severe conditions; dusty, wet, muddy, high speed or frequent starting/stopping.

*: For higher odometer readings, repeat at the frequency interval established here.

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-7

Torque and Locking Agent

The following tables list the tightening torque for the major fasteners requiring use of a non-permanent locking agent or silicone sealant etc.

Letters used in the “Remarks” column mean:

AL: Tighten the two clamp bolts alternately two times to ensure even tightening torque. G: Apply grease.

L: Apply a non-permanent locking agent. MO: Apply molybdenum disulfide oil solution.

(mixture of the engine oil and molybdenum disulfide grease in a weight ratio 10 : 1)

R:Replacement Parts

S:Follow the specified tightening sequence. Si: Apply silicone grease (ex. PBC grease).

SS: Apply silicone sealant.

Fastener

Torque

Remarks

N·m

kgf·m

ft·lb

Fuel System (DFI)

Upper Air Cleaner Housing Screws

1.1

0.11

9.7 in·lb

Throttle Body Assy Holder Clamp Bolts

2.9

0.30

26 in·lb

Air Cleaner Duct Clamp Bolts

2.0

0.20

18 in·lb

Delivery Pipe Assy Mounting Screws

3.4

0.35

30 in·lb

Oxygen Sensor (Equipped Models)

44

4.5

32

Intake Air Temperature Sensor Mounting Screw

1.2

0.12

11 in·lb

Water Temperature Sensor

30

3.0

22

Exhaust Butterfly Valve Actuator Pulley Bolt

5.0

0.51

44 in·lb

Exhaust Butterfly Valve Actuator Mounting

1.2

0.12

11 in·lb

Screws

Fuel Pump Bolts

9.8

1.0

87 in·lb

L

Cooling System

Hot Windshield Mounting Bolts

9.8

1.0

87 in·lb

Coolant By-pass Fitting Bolt

8.8

0.90

78 in·lb

L

Thermostat Housing Bolts

5.9

0.60

52 in·lb

L

Radiator (Water) Hose Clamp Screws

2.9

0.30

26 in·lb

Water Pipe Bolts

12

1.2

106 in·lb

L

Water Pump Impeller Bolt

9.8

1.0

87 in·lb

Water Pump Cover Bolts

11

1.1

97 in·lb

Coolant Drain Bolt

11

1.1

97 in·lb

Engine Top End

Air Suction Valve Cover Bolts

9.8

1.0

87 in·lb

L

Spark Plugs

13

1.3

115 in·lb

Cylinder Head Cover Bolts

9.8

1.0

87 in·lb

S

Hot Windshield Mounting Bolts

9.8

1.0

87 in·lb

Camshaft Sprocket Bolts

15

1.5

11

L

Front Camshaft Chain Guide Bolt (Upper)

25

2.5

18

Rear Camshaft Chain Guide Bolt

25

2.5

18

Front Camshaft Chain Guide Bolt (Lower)

12

1.2

106 in·lb

Throttle Body Assy Holder Bolts

12

1.2

106 in·lb

L

2-8 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

Torque and Locking Agent

Fastener

Torque

Remarks

N·m

kgf·m

ft·lb

Cylinder Head Bolts (M6)

12

1.2

106 in·lb

S

Upper Camshaft Chain Guide Bolts

12

1.2

106 in·lb

S

Plugs

19.6

2.0

14

L

Camshaft Cap Bolts

12

1.2

106 in·lb

S

Cylinder Head Bolts (M10) (First)

20

2.0

15

S, MO

Cylinder Head Bolts (M10) (Final)

54

5.5

40

S, MO

Camshaft Chain Tensioner Mounting Bolts

11

1.1

97 in·lb

Camshaft Chain Tensioner Cap Bolt

20

2.0

15

Exhaust Butterfly Valve Actuator Pulley Bolt

5.0

0.51

44 in·lb

Exhaust Butterfly Valve Actuator Bolts

1.2

0.12

11 in·lb

Muffler Body Mounting Bolts

34

3.5

25

Premuffler Chamber Mounting Bolt

34

3.5

25

Muffler Body Clamp Bolts

21

2.1

15

Clutch

Clutch Lever Assembly Clamp Bolts

7.8

0.80

69 in·lb

S

Clutch Cover Bolts

9.8

1.0

87 in·lb

Oil Filler Plug

2.0

0.20

18 in·lb

Clutch Spring Bolts

9.0

0.90

80 in·lb

Clutch Hub Nut

135

13.8

99.6

R

Engine Lubrication System

Oil Filler Plug

2.0

0.20

18 in·lb

Oil Cooler Bolts

12

1.2

106 in·lb

Oil Passage Plug

20

2.0

15

L

Radiator (Water) Hose Clamp Screws

3.0

0.31

27 in·lb

Oil Pressure Switch

15

1.5

11

SS

Oil Pressure Relief Valve

15

1.5

11

L

Oil Filter

17

1.7

13

G, R

Oil Filter Pipe

25

2.5

18

L

Oil Pan Bolts

12

1.2

106 in·lb

S

Engine Oil Drain Bolt

29

3.0

21

Engine Removal/Installation

Upper Engine Bracket Bolts

44

4.5

32

S

Lower Engine Bracket Bolts

59

6.0

44

S

Upper Adjusting Collar

9.8

1.0

87 in·lb

S

Upper Engine Mounting Bolt (L = 65)

44

4.5

32

S

Upper Adjusting Collar Locknut

49

5.0

36

S

Upper Engine Mounting Bolt (L = 40)

44

4.5

32

S

Lower Engine Mounting Nut

44

4.5

32

S

Lower Adjusting Collar Locknut

49

5.0

36

S

Middle Engine Bracket Bolts

25

2.5

18

L, S

Middle Engine Mounting Nut

44

4.5

32

S

Lower Adjusting Collar

9.8

1.0

87 in·lb

S

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-9

Torque and Locking Agent

Fastener

Torque

Remarks

N·m

kgf·m

ft·lb

Crankshaft/Transmission

Balancer Shaft Clamp Bolt

9.8

1.0

87 in·lb

Balancer Shaft Lever Bolt

25

2.5

18

L

Breather Side Plate Bolt

5.9

0.60

52 in·lb

L

Connecting Rod Big End Nuts

see the text

MO

Breather Plate Bolts

9.8

1.0

87 in·lb

L

Shift Drum Bearing Holder Bolts

12

1.2

106 in·lb

L

Oil Passage Plugs

20

2.0

15

L

Oil Passage Plug

9.8

1.0

87 in·lb

Starter Motor Clutch Bolts

12

1.2

106 in·lb

L

Crankcase Bolts (M7)

20

2.0

15

S

Crankcase Bolts (M9)

42

4.2

31

S, MO

Crankcase Bolts (M6)

20

2.0

15

S

Crankcase Bolts (M8)

27

2.8

20

S

Gear Positioning Lever Bolt

12

1.2

106 in·lb

Shift Drum Cam Bolt

12

1.2

106 in·lb

L

Neutral Switch

15

1.5

11

Shift Shaft Return Spring Pin

39

4.0

29

L

Shift Pedal Mounting Bolt

25

2.5

18

Wheels/Tires

Front Axle Clamp Bolt

20

2.0

15

AL

Front Axle

108

11.0

79.7

Rear Axle Nut

98

10

72

Final Drive

Engine Sprocket Nut

125

12.7

92.2

MO

Drive Chain Guide Bolts

9.8

1.0

87 in·lb

Speed Sensor Mounting Bolt

6.9

0.70

61 in·lb

L

Chain Adjuster Clamp Bolts

64

6.5

47

Rear Sprocket Nuts

59

6.0

44

Brakes

Front Master Cylinder Reservoir Cap Stopper

1.2

0.12

11 in·lb

Screw

Brake Lever Pivot Bolt

1.0

0.10

8.8 in·lb

Si

Front Master Cylinder Bleed Valve

5.4

0.55

48 in·lb

Front Master Cylinder Clamp Bolts

11

1.1

97 in·lb

S

Brake Lever Pivot Bolt Locknut

5.9

0.60

52 in·lb

Front Brake Light Switch Screw

1.2

0.12

11 in·lb

Brake Hose Banjo Bolts

25

2.5

18

Front Caliper Assembly Bolts

22

2.2

16

Front Caliper Mounting Bolts

34

3.5

25

Bleed Valves

7.8

0.80

69 in·lb

Front Brake Pad Pins

15

1.5

11

Front Brake Disc Mounting Bolts

27

2.8

20

L

2-10 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

Torque and Locking Agent

Fastener

Torque

Remarks

N·m

kgf·m

ft·lb

Rear Master Cylinder Mounting Bolts

25

2.5

18

Brake Pedal Bolt

8.8

0.90

78 in·lb

L

Rear Master Cylinder Push Rod Locknut

17

1.7

12

Rear Brake Disc Mounting Bolts

27

2.8

20

L

Rear Caliper Mounting Bolts

25

2.5

18

Brake Pipe Joint Nuts

18

1.8

13

Rear Brake Disc Mounting Bolts (ABS Equipped

27

2.8

20

L

Models)

Suspension

Upper Front Fork Clamp Bolts

20

2.0

15

Lower Front Fork Clamp Bolts

25

2.5

18

AL

Piston Rod Nuts

20

2.0

15

Front Fork Top Plugs

34

3.5

25

Front Axle Clump Bolts

20

2.0

15

AL

Front Fork Bottom Allen Bolts

35

3.6

26

Rear Shock Absorber Bolt (Upper)

34

3.5

25

Tie-rod Nuts

34

3.5

25

R

Rear Shock Absorber Nut (Lower)

34

3.5

25

R

Rocker Arm Nut

34

3.5

25

R

Swingarm Pivot Adjusting Collar Locknut

98

10

72

Swingarm Pivot Shaft Nut

108

11.0

79.7

Torque Link Nuts

34

3.5

25

Steering

Left Switch Housing Screws

3.5

0.36

31 in·lb

Upper Front Fork Clamp Bolts

25

2.5

18

Handlebar Holder Bolts

25

2.5

18

Handlebar Bolts

34

3.5

25

L

Right Switch Housing Screws

3.5

0.36

31 in·lb

Steering Stem Head Bolt

108

11.0

79.7

Steering Stem Nut

25

2.5

18

Lower Front Fork Clamp Bolts

20

2.0

15

AL

Frame

Lower Fairing Upper Assembly Screws

1.2

0.12

11 in·lb

Lower Fairing Lower Assembly Screws

1.2

0.12

11 in·lb

Front Fender Mounting Bolts

3.9

0.40

35 in·lb

Stay Assembly Mounting Bolts

6.9

0.70

61 in·lb

Stopper Mounting Bolts

4.2

0.42

37 in·lb

L

Rear Frame Bracket Bolts

44

4.5

32

Front Footpeg Bracket Bolts

25

2.5

18

Rear Footpeg Bracket Bolts

25

2.5

18

Rear Frame Bolts

25

2.5

18

L

Sidestand Switch Bolt

8.8

0.90

78 in·lb

L

Sidestand Bracket Bolts

49

5.0

36

L

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-11

Torque and Locking Agent

Fastener

Torque

Remarks

N·m

kgf·m

ft·lb

Sidestand Bolt

44

4.5

32

Grab Rail Mounting Bolts

25

2.5

18 ft·lb

Electrical System

Switch Housing Screws

3.5

0.36

31 in·lb

Oxygen Sensor (Equipped Models)

44

4.5

32

Front Brake Light Switch Screw

1.2

0.12

11 in·lb

Front Turn Signal Light Mounting Screws

1.2

0.12

11 in·lb

Licence Plate Light Mounting Screws

1.2

0.12

11 in·lb

Intake Air Temperature Sensor Mounting Screw

1.2

0.12

11 in·ib

Spark Plugs

13

1.3

115 in·lb

Crankshaft Sensor Cover Bolts

12

1.2

106 in·lb

Water Temperature Sensor

30

3.0

22

Timing Rotor Bolt

39

4.0

29

Crankshaft Sensor Bolts

5.9

0.60

52 in·lb

Starter Motor Cable Terminal Nut

5.9

0.60

52 in·lb

Starter Motor Terminal Locknut

11

1.1

97 in·lb

Starter Motor Mounting Bolts

9.8

1.0

87 in·lb

Alternator Rotor Bolt

155

15.8

114

Stator Coil Bolts

12

1.2

106 in·ib

L

Starter Motor Through Bolts

4.9

0.50

43 in·lb

Brush Holder Screw

3.8

0.39

34 in·ib

Oil Pressure Switch

15

1.5

11

SS

Oil Pressure Switch Terminal Bolt

2.0

0.20

18 in·ib

G

Alternator Cover Bolts

12

1.2

106 in·lb

Alternator Lead Holding Plate Bolt

12

1.2

106 in·ib

L

Neutral Switch

15

1.5

11

Engine Ground Cable Terminal Bolt

9.8

1.0

87 in·lb

Sidestand Switch Bolt

8.8

0.90

78 in·lb

L

Speed Sensor Mounting Bolt

6.9

0.70

61 in·lb

L

2-12 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

Torque and Locking Agent

The table below, relating tightening torque to thread diameter, lists the basic torque for the bolts and nuts. Use this table for only the bolts and nuts which do not require a specific torque value. All of the values are for use with dry solvent-cleaned threads.

Basic Torque for General Fasteners

Threads Diameter

Torque

(mm)

N·m

kgf·m

ft·lb

5

3.4

4.9

0.35

0.50

30

43 in·lb

6

5.9

7.8

0.60

0.80

52

69 in·lb

8

14

19

1.4

1.9

10.0

13.5

10

25

34

2.6

3.5

19.0

25

12

44

61

4.5

6.2

33

45

14

73

98

7.4

10.0

54

72

16

115

155

11.5

16.0

83

115

18

165

225

17.0

23.0

125

165

20

225

325

23.0

33.0

165

240

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-13

Specifications

Item

Standard

Service Limit

Fuel System (DFI)

Throttle Grip Free Play

2 3 mm (0.08 0.12 in.)

– – –

Idle Speed

1 100 ±50 r/min (rpm)

– – –

Bypass Screws (Turn Out)

2 1/2 (for reference)

– – –

Throttle Body Vacuum

40.7 ±1.3 kPa (305 ±10 mmHg) at idle

– – –

speed

Air Cleaner Element

Viscous paper element

– – –

Cooling System

Coolant:

Type (Recommended)

Permanent type of antifreeze

– – –

Color

Green

– – –

Mixed Ratio

Soft water 50%, Coolant 50%

– – –

Freezing Point

–35°C (–31°F)

– – –

Total Amount

2.9 L (3.1 US qt)

– – –

Engine Top End

Valve Clearance:

Exhaust

0.22

0.31 mm (0.0087

0.0122 in.)

– – –

Intake

0.15

0.24 mm (0.0059

0.0094 in.)

– – –

Clutch

Clutch Lever Free Play

2 3 mm (0.08 0.12 in.)

– – –

Engine Lubrication System

Engine Oil:

Type

API SG, SH, SJ, SL or SM with JASO

– – –

MA, MA1 or MA2

Viscosity

SAE 10W-40

– – –

Capacity

3.2 L (3.4 US qt) (when filter is not

– – –

removed)

3.8 L (4.0 US qt) (when filter is removed)

– – –

4.0 L (4.2 US qt) (when engine is

– – –

completely dry)

Wheels/Tires

Tread Depth:

Front

3.6 mm (0.14 in.)

1 mm (0.04 in.),

(AT, CH, DE)

1.6 mm (0.06 in.)

Rear

5.3 mm (0.21 in.)

Up to 130 km/h (80 mph):

2 mm (0.08 in.),

Over 130 km/h (80 mph):

3 mm (0.12 in.)

Air Pressure (when Cold):

Front

Up to 180 kg (397 lb) load:

– – –

250 kPa (2.5 kgf/cm², 36 psi)

Rear

Up to 180 kg (397 lb) load:

– – –

290 kPa (2.9 kgf/cm², 42 psi)

Final Drive

Drive Chain Slack

20 30 mm (0.8 1.2 in.)

– – –

2-14 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

Specifications

Item

Standard

Service Limit

Drive Chain Wear (20-link

317.5 318.2 mm (12.50 12.53 in.)

319 mm (12.56 in.)

Length)

Standard Chain:

Make

ENUMA

– – –

Type

EK525ZX

– – –

Link

112 Links

– – –

Brakes

Brake Fluid:

Grade

DOT4

– – –

Brake Pad Lining

Thickness:

Front

4.0 mm (0.16 in.)

1 mm (0.04 in.)

Rear

5.0 mm (0.20 in.)

1 mm (0.04 in.)

Brake Light Timing:

Front

Pulled ON

– – –

Rear

ON after about 10 mm (0.39 in.) of

– – –

pedal travel

Electrical System

Spark Plug:

Type

NGK CR9EIA-9

– – –

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-15

Special Tools

Inside Circlip Pliers: 57001-143

Attachment Jack: 57001-1252

Steering Stem Nut Wrench: 57001-1100

Spark Plug Wrench, Hex 16: 57001-1262

Jack:

Vacuum Gauge:

57001-1238

57001-1369

Pilot Screw Adjuster, A: 57001-1239

Throttle Sensor Setting Adapter: 57001-1538

Oil Filter Wrench:

Fuel Hose:

57001-1249

57001-1607

2-16 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

Special Tools

Jack Attachment: 57001-1608

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-17

Periodic Maintenance Procedures

Fuel System (DFI)

Throttle Control System Inspection

Check that the throttle grip [A] moves smoothly from full open to close, and the throttle closes quickly and com-

pletely by the return spring in all steering positions.

If the throttle grip does not return properly, check the throttle cable routing, grip free play, and cable damage. Then lubricate the throttle cable.

Check the throttle grip free play [B].

Throttle Grip Free Play

Standard: 2 3 mm (0.08 0.12 in.)

If the free play is incorrect, adjust the throttle cable as follows.

Loosen the locknuts [A] [B].

Screw both throttle cable adjusters [C] [D] to give the throttle grip plenty of play.

Turn the decelerator cable adjuster [C] until 2 3 mm (0.08 0.12 in.) of throttle grip play is obtained.

Tighten the locknut [A].

Turn the accelerator cable adjuster [D] until 2 3 mm (0.08 0.12 in.) of throttle grip play is obtained.

Tighten the locknut [B].

If the free play can not be adjusted with the adjusters, replace the cable.

Engine Vacuum Synchronization Inspection

NOTE

These procedures are explained on the assumption that the intake and exhaust systems of the engine are in good condition.

Situate the motorcycle so that it is vertical.

Remove the air cleaner housing (see Air Cleaner Housing Removal in the Fuel System (DFI) chapter).

Pull off the rubber caps [A] and vacuum hose [B] from the fittings of each throttle body.

For the California and Southeast Asia Models, pull off the vacuum hose [A].

2-18 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

Periodic Maintenance Procedures

Plug the vacuum hose end [A].

Connect a vacuum gauge (special tool) and hoses [A] to the fittings on the throttle body.

Special Tool — Vacuum Gauge: 57001-1369

Connect a highly accurate tachometer [B] to one of the stick coil primary leads.

Plug the air switching valve hose end [A] and air cleaner housing fitting [B].

Install the air cleaner housing (see Air Cleaner Housing Installation in the Fuel System (DFI) chapter).

Remove the fuel hose (see Fuel Hose Replacement).

Connect the following parts temporary. Fuel Pump Lead Connector [A]

Fuel Hose [B]

Special Tool — Fuel Hose: 57001-1607

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-19

Periodic Maintenance Procedures

Start the engine and warm it up thoroughly.

Check[A]. the idle speed, using a highly accurate tachometer

Idle Speed

Standard: 1 100 ±50 r/min (rpm)

If the idle speed is out of the specified range, adjust it with the adjusting screw (see Idle Speed Adjustment).

NOTICE

Do not measure the idle speed by the tachometer of the meter unit.

While idling the engine, inspect the throttle body vacuum, using the vacuum gauge [B].

Throttle Body Vacuum

Standard: 40.7 ±1.3 kPa (305 ±10 mmHg) at idle speed

If any vacuum is not within specifications, first synchronize the balance of the left (#1, #2 throttle valves) and right (#3, #4 throttle valves) assemblies.

Example:

#1: 260 mmHg #2: 300 mmHg #3: 250 mmHg #4: 280 mmHg

With the engine at the correct idle speed, equalize higher vacuum of #1 or #2 (for example 300 mmHg) to higher vacuum of #3 or #4 (for example 280 mmHg) by turning the center adjusting screw [A].

NOTE

After adjustment, the final vacuum measurement between the highest throttle valves may not be 290 mmHg (for example). The goal is to have the highest two vacuums between the left (#1 and #2) and right (#3 and #4) banks be the same.

Open and close the throttle after each measurement, and adjust the idle speed as necessary.

Once the throttle valves have been synchronized, inspect output voltage of the main throttle sensor to ensure proper operation (procedure is explained at the end of this section).

2-20 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

Periodic Maintenance Procedures

If any one vacuum measurement is out of the specified range after left (#1, #2) and right (#2, #3) synchronization, adjust the bypass screws [A].

Special Tool — Pilot Screw Adjuster, A [B]: 57001-1239

Adjust the lower vacuum between #1 and #2 to the higher vacuum of #1 and #2.

Adjust the lower vacuum between #3 and #4 to the higher vacuum of #3 and #4.

Open and close the throttle valves after each measurement, and adjust the idle speed as necessary.

Check the vacuums as before.

If all vacuums are within the specification range, finish the engine vacuum synchronization.

If any vacuum can not be adjusted within the specification, remove the bypass screws #1 #4 and clean them.

Turn in the bypass screw [A] with counting the number of turns until it seals fully but not tightly. Record the number of turns.

NOTICE

Do not over tighten them. They could be damaged, requiring replacement.

Remove:Bypass Screw

Spring [B]

Washer [C]

O-ring [D]

Check the bypass screw and its hole for carbon deposits. If any carbons accumulate, wipe the carbons off from the bypass screw and the hole, using a cotton pad penetrated with a high-flash point solvent.

Replace the O-ring with a new one.

Check the tapered portion [E] of the bypass screw for wear or damage.

If the bypass screw is worn or damaged, replace it.

Turn in the bypass screw until it seats fully but not tightly.

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-21

Periodic Maintenance Procedures

Back out the same number of turns counted when first turned in. This is to set the screw to its original position.

NOTE

A throttle body has different “turns out” of the bypass screw for each individual unit. On setting the bypass screw, use the “turns out” determined during disassembly.

Repeat the same procedure for other bypass screws.

Repeat the synchronization.

If the vacuums are correct, check the output voltage of the main throttle sensor (see Main Throttle Sensor Output Voltage Inspection in the Fuel System (DFI) chapter).

Special Tool — Throttle Sensor Setting Adapter: 57001 -1538

Main Throttle Sensor Output Voltage

Connections to Adapter:

Digital Meter (+) → W (sensor BL/W) lead

Digital Meter (–) → BK (sensor BR/BK) lead

Standard: DC 0.985 1.015 V at idle throttle opening

If the output voltage is out of the standard, check the input voltage of the main throttle sensor (see Main Throttle Sensor Input Voltage Inspection in the Fuel System (DFI) chapter).

Remove the vacuum gauge hoses and install the rubber caps on the original position.

For the California and Southeast Asia Models, install the vacuum hoses.

Run the vacuum hoses according to Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing section in the Appendix chapter. Refer to the diagram of the evaporative emission control system in the Fuel System (DFI) chapter too.

Idle Speed Inspection

Start the engine and warm it up thoroughly.

With[A]. the engine idling, turn the handlebar to both sides

If handlebar movement changes the idle speed, the throttle cables may be improperly adjusted or incorrectly routed or damaged. Be sure to correct any of these conditions before riding (see Throttle Control System Inspection and Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing section in the Appendix chapter).

WARNING

Operation with improperly adjusted, incorrectly routed or damaged cables could result in an unsafe riding condition. Follow the service manual to be make sure to correct any of these conditions.

Check the idle speed.

Idle Speed

Standard: 1 100 ±50 r/min (rpm)

If the idle speed is out of the specified range, adjust it.

2-22 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

Periodic Maintenance Procedures

Idle Speed Adjustment

Start the engine and warm it up thoroughly.

Turn the adjusting screw [A] until the idle speed is correct. Open and close the throttle a few times to make sure that the idle speed is within the specified range. Readjust if

necessary.

Fuel Hose Inspection (fuel leak, damage, installation condition)

If the motorcycle is not properly handled, the high pressure inside the fuel line can cause fuel to leak [A] or the hose to burst. Support the fuel tank with a suitable bar (see Fuel Hose Replacement) and check the fuel hoses. Replace the hose if any fraying, cracks [B] or bulges [C] are noticed.

Check that the hoses are routed according to Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing section in the Appendix chapter.

Replace the hose if it has been sharply bent or kinked. Hose Joints [A]

Fuel Hose [B]

Check that the hose joints are securely connected. Push and pull [A] the hose joint [B] back and forth more

than two times, and make sure it is locked and does not come off.

Fuel Pump Side [C] Throttle Body Assy Side [D]

WARNING

Leaking fuel can cause a fire or explosion resulting in serious burns. Make sure the hose joint is installed correctly on the delivery pipe.

If it comes off, reinstall the hose joint.

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-23

Periodic Maintenance Procedures

Evaporative Emission Control System (CAL and

SEA-B1 Models) Inspection

Inspect the canister as follows.

Remove the front seat (see Front Seat Removal in the Frame chapter).

Remove the canister [A], and disconnect the hoses from the canister.

Visually inspect the canister for cracks or other damage.

If the canister has any cracks or bad damage, replace it with a new one.

NOTE

The canister is designed to work well through the motorcycle’s life without any maintenance if it is used under normal conditions.

Check the liquid/vapor separator as follows.

Lift up the fuel tank front side, and support the fuel tank with the suitable bar (see Fuel Hose Replacement).

Disconnect the hoses from the separator, and remove the separator [A] from the motorcycle right side.

Visually inspect the separator for cracks and other damage.

If the separator has any cracks or damage, replace it with a new one.

To prevent the gasoline from flowing into or out of the canister, hold the separator perpendicular to the ground.

Check the hoses of the evaporative emission control system as follows.

Check that the hoses are securely connected and clips are in position.

Replace any kinked, deteriorated or damaged hoses. Run the hoses according to Cable, Wire, and Hose Rout-

ing section in the Appendix chapter. Refer to the diagram of the evaporative emission control system in the Fuel System (DFI) chapter too.

When installing the hoses, avoid sharp bending, kinking, flattening or twisting, and route the hoses with a minimum of bending so that the emission flow will not be obstructed.

2-24 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

Periodic Maintenance Procedures

Cooling System

Coolant Level Inspection

NOTE

Check the level when the engine is cold (room or ambient temperature).

Check the coolant level in the reserve tank [A] with the motorcycle held perpendicular (Do not use the side-

stand.).

If the coolant level is lower than the “L” level line [B], unscrew the reserve tank cap and add coolant to the “F” level line [C].

“L”: low “F”: full

NOTICE

For refilling, add the specified mixture of coolant and soft water. Adding water alone dilutes the coolant and degrades its anticorrosion properties. The diluted coolant can attack the aluminum engine parts. In an emergency, soft water alone can be added. But the diluted coolant must be returned to the correct mixture ratio within a few days.

If coolant must be added often or the reservoir tank has run completely dry, there is probably leakage in the cooling system. Check the system for leaks.

Coolant ruins painted surfaces. Immediately wash away any coolant that spills on the frame, engine, wheels or other painted parts.

Radiator Hose and Pipe Inspection (coolant leak, damage, installation condition)

The high pressure inside the radiator hose can cause coolant to leak [A] or the hose to burst if the line is not properly maintained.

Visually inspect the hoses for signs of deterioration. Squeeze the hoses. A hose should not be hard and

brittle, nor should it be soft or swollen.

Replace the hose if any fraying, cracks [B] or bulges [C] are noticed.

Check that the hoses are securely connected and clamps are tightened correctly.

Torque — Radiator (Water) Hose Clamp Screws: 2.9 N·m (0.30 kgf·m, 26 in·lb)

Engine Top End

Valve Clearance Inspection

NOTE

Valve clearance must be checked and adjusted when the engine is cold (room temperature).

Remove:Crankshaft Sensor Cover (see Crankshaft Sensor Removal in the Electrical System chapter)

Cylinder Head Cover (see Cylinder Head Cover Removal in the Engine Top End chapter)

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-25

Periodic Maintenance Procedures

Turn the crankshaft, align the #1, 4 mark on the timing rotor with the crankcase timing mark.

TDC Mark [A] for #1, 4 Pistons

Timing Mark [B] (Crankcase Halves Mating Surface)

Using the thickness gauge [A], measure the valve clearance between the cam and the valve lifter.

Valve Clearance

Standard:

Exhaust

0.22

0.31 mm (0.0087

0.0122 in.)

Intake

0.15

0.24 mm (0.0059

0.0094 in.)

NOTE

Thickness gauge is horizontally inserted on the valve lifter.

Appropriateness [A] Inadequacy [B] Thickness Gauge [C] Horizontally Inserts [D] Cam [E]

Valve Lifter [F]

Hits the Valve Lifter Ahead [G]

When positioning #4 piston TDC at the end of the compression stroke:

Intake Valve Clearance of #2 and #4 Cylinders Exhaust Valve Clearance of #3 and #4 Cylinders Measuring Valve [A]

When positioning #1 piston TDC at the end of the compression stroke:

Intake Valve Clearance of #1 and #3 Cylinders Exhaust Valve Clearance of #1 and #2 Cylinders Measuring Valve [A]

If the valve clearance is not within the specified range, first record the clearance, and then adjust it.

2-26 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

Periodic Maintenance Procedures

Valve Clearance Adjustment

To change the valve clearance, remove the camshaft chain tensioner, camshafts and valve lifters. Replace the shim with one of a different thickness.

NOTE

Mark and record the locations of the valve lifters and shims so that they can be reinstalled in their original positions.

Besides the standard shims in the valve clearance adjustment charts, the following shims may be installed at the factory. Although they are not available as spare parts, they can be used to adjust valve clearance.

Adjustment Shims

Thickness

3.225 mm

3.275 mm

3.325 mm

2.675 mm

2.725 mm

2.775 mm

2.825 mm

2.875 mm

2.925 mm

2.975 mm

3.025 mm

3.075 mm

3.125 mm

3.175 mm

Clean the shim to remove any dust or oil.

Measure the thickness of the removed shim [A].

Loading…

  • Страница 1 из 516

    Z1000 Motorcycle Service Manual

  • Страница 2 из 516
  • Страница 3 из 516

    Quick Reference Guide This quick reference guide will assist you in locating a desired topic or procedure. •Bend the pages back to match the black tab of the desired chapter number with the black tab on the edge at each table of contents page. •Refer to the sectional table of contents for the exact

  • Страница 4 из 516
  • Страница 5 из 516

    Z1000 Motorcycle Service Manual All rights reserved. No parts of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic mechanical photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior written permission of Quality Assurance

  • Страница 6 из 516

    LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS A ABDC AC ATDC BBDC BDC BTDC °C DC F °F ft g h L ampere(s) after bottom dead center alternating current after top dead center before bottom dead center bottom dead center before top dead center degree(s) Celsius direct current farad(s) degree(s) Fahrenheit foot, feet gram(s)

  • Страница 7 из 516

    EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION To protect the environment in which we all live, Kawasaki has incorporated crankcase emission (1) and exhaust emission (2) control systems in compliance with applicable regulations of the United States Environmental Protection Agency and California Air Resources Board.

  • Страница 8 из 516

    WE RECOMMEND THAT ALL DEALERS OBSERVE THESE PROVISIONS OF FEDERAL LAW, THE VIOLATION OF WHICH IS PUNISHABLE BY CIVIL PENALTIES NOT EXCEEDING $10,000 PER VIOLATION. TAMPERING WITH NOISE CONTROL SYSTEM PROHIBITED Federal law prohibits the following acts or the causing thereof: (1) The removal or

  • Страница 9 из 516

    Foreword This manual is designed primarily for use by trained mechanics in a properly equipped shop. However, it contains enough detail and basic information to make it useful to the owner who desires to perform his own basic maintenance and repair work. A basic knowledge of mechanics, the proper

  • Страница 10 из 516

    NOTE ○This note symbol indicates points of particular interest for more efficient and convenient operation. a procedural step or work to be • Indicates done. ○Indicates a procedural sub-step or how to do the work of the procedural step it follows. It also precedes the text of a NOTE. Indicates a

  • Страница 11 из 516

    GENERAL INFORMATION 1-1 General Information 1 Table of Contents Before Servicing ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… Model

  • Страница 12 из 516

    1-2 GENERAL INFORMATION Before Servicing Before starting to perform an inspection service or carry out a disassembly and reassembly operation on a motorcycle, read the precautions given below. To facilitate actual operations, notes, illustrations, photographs, cautions, and detailed descriptions

  • Страница 13 из 516

    GENERAL INFORMATION 1-3 Before Servicing Arrangement and Cleaning of Removed Parts Disassembled parts are easy to confuse. Arrange the parts according to the order the parts were disassembled and clean the parts in order prior to assembly. Storage of Removed Parts After all the parts including

  • Страница 14 из 516

    1-4 GENERAL INFORMATION Before Servicing Tightening Sequence Bolts, nuts, or screws must be tightened according to the specified sequence to prevent case warpage or deformation which can lead to malfunction. If the specified tightening sequence is not indicated, tighten the fasteners alternating

  • Страница 15 из 516

    GENERAL INFORMATION 1-5 Before Servicing Press For items such as bearings or oil seals that must be pressed into place, apply small amount of oil to the contact area. Be sure to maintain proper alignment and use smooth movements when installing. Ball Bearing and Needle Bearing Do not remove pressed

  • Страница 16 из 516

    1-6 GENERAL INFORMATION Before Servicing Direction of Engine Rotation When rotating the crankshaft by hand, the free play amount of rotating direction will affect the adjustment. Rotate the crankshaft to positive direction (clockwise viewed from output side). Electrical Wires A two-color wire is

  • Страница 17 из 516

    GENERAL INFORMATION 1-7 Model Identification ZR1000–A1 Left Side View: ZR1000–A1 Right Side View:

  • Страница 18 из 516

    1-8 GENERAL INFORMATION General Specifications ZR1000–A1 ∼ Items Dimensions: Overall length 2 080 mm (81.9 in.) Overall width 770 mm (30.3 in.) Overall height 1 055 mm (41.5 in.) Wheelbase 1 420 mm (55.9 in.) Road clearance 145 mm (5.7 in.) Seat height 820 mm (32.3 in.) Dry mass 198 kg (410.1 lb)

  • Страница 19 из 516

    GENERAL INFORMATION 1-9 General Specifications ZR1000–A1 ∼ Items Lubrication system Engine oil: Type Viscosity Capacity Drive Train: Primary reduction system: Type Reduction ratio Clutch type Transmission: Type Gear ratios: 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th Final drive system: Type Reduction ratio Overall

  • Страница 20 из 516

    1-10 GENERAL INFORMATION General Specifications ZR1000–A1 ∼ Items Tail/brake light 12 V 0.5/3.8 W (LED) (US, CA, Cal) 12 V 0.5/5W (LED) Alternator: Type Three-phase AC Rated output 24 A/ 14 V @5 000 r/min (rpm) Specifications are subject to change without notice, and may not apply to every country.

  • Страница 21 из 516

    GENERAL INFORMATION 1-11 Technical Information – Air Inlet System Subthrottle Control System The ZR1000–A1 ∼ employs large bore throttle bodies to increase power output. However, sudden changes in throttle opening can cause hesitation and jerky throttle response with a single butterfly valve in a

  • Страница 22 из 516

    1-12 GENERAL INFORMATION Technical Information – Air Inlet System Operation The subthrottle control system consists of the subthrottle valve, subthrottle valve actuator with a stepping motor built in it, ECU, and subthrottle sensor. The subthrottle valve is built in the each throttle body. The

  • Страница 23 из 516

    GENERAL INFORMATION 1-13 Technical Information – New Ignition Interlock Sidestand Outline The New Ignition Interlock Sidestand System applied to ZR1000–A1 models that cannot function if gears are engaged and/or the sidestand is not lifted upward even though clutch lever pulled in, which differs

  • Страница 24 из 516

    1-14 GENERAL INFORMATION Technical Information – Tail/Brake Lights Employing LED Outline This model employs a tail/brake light containing 21 Light Emitting Diodes (LED). The LED emits luminous beams over a longer life span than those emitted from a traditional electric heated bulb (more than 5

  • Страница 25 из 516

    GENERAL INFORMATION 1-15 Technical Information – Tail/Brake Lights Employing LED The emitting color differs according to the materials of semi-conductors. Materials of Semi-Conductor and Emitting Color Materials of Semi-Conductor GaAsP, GaAlAs Emitting Color Red GaP Green GaN Blue Ga: Gallium As:

  • Страница 26 из 516

    1-16 GENERAL INFORMATION Technical Information — KLEEN (KAWASAKI LOW EXHAUST EMISSION SYSTEM) Since the emission regulations become more severe, Kawasaki has adopted a type of simplified KLEEN, which have no catalyst protection system, according to each regulation of different countries. The

  • Страница 27 из 516

    GENERAL INFORMATION 1-17 Unit Conversion Table Prefixes for Units: Prefix mega kilo centi milli micro Symbol M k c m µ Units of Length: × × × × × Power 1 000 000 1 000 0.01 0.001 0.000001 Units of Mass: kg g × × 2.205 0.03527 = = lb oz = = = = = = = = = gal (US) gal (imp) qt (US) qt (imp) pint (US)

  • Страница 28 из 516
  • Страница 29 из 516

    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-1 Periodic Maintenance 2 Table of Contents Periodic Maintenance Chart ………….. Torque and Locking Agent…………….. Specifications ……………………………… Special Tools ………………………………. Periodic Maintenance Procedures….. Fuel

  • Страница 30 из 516

    2-2 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Chart The scheduled maintenance must be done in accordance with this chart to keep the motorcycle in good running condition. The initial maintenance is vitally important and must not be neglected. FREQUENCY Whichever comes first → ↓ OPERATION Spark plug

  • Страница 31 из 516

    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-3 Periodic Maintenance Chart FREQUENCY Whichever comes first → ↓ OPERATION Clutch-adjust † Every Radiator hoses, connections — inspect † Brake fluid — change Brake master cylinder cup and dust seal — replace 2 years Coolant — change 2 years Caliper piston seal and dust seal

  • Страница 32 из 516

    2-4 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Torque and Locking Agent The following tables list the tightening torque for the major fasteners requiring use of a non -permanent locking agent or liquid gasket. Letters used in the “Remarks” column mean: L: Apply a non-permanent locking agent to the threads. G: Apply

  • Страница 33 из 516

    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-5 Torque and Locking Agent Fastener Water pump drain bolt Water pipe bolts Thermostat housing ground bolt Thermostat bracket bolt Radiator upper bolts Radiator lower bolts Radiator screen bolt Coolant reserve tank screws Radiator fan switch Water temperature sensor Engine Top

  • Страница 34 из 516

    2-6 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Torque and Locking Agent Fastener Engine Lubrication: Oil filler plug Engine drain plug Oil filter (cartridge type, P/No.16097–1070) Oil filter (cartridge type, P/No.16097–0002) Oil cooler mounting bolt Oil pan bolts Oil pipe holder bolts Oil pressure relief valve Oil

  • Страница 35 из 516

    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-7 Torque and Locking Agent Fastener Wheels/Tires: Front axle clamp bolt Front axle Rear axle nut Final Drive: Engine sprocket nut Engine sprocket cover bolts Engine sprocket cover damper bolt Rear sprocket nuts Speed sensor bolt Brakes: Bleed valves Front brake hose joint

  • Страница 36 из 516

    2-8 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Torque and Locking Agent Fastener Handlebar lower clamp nuts Handlebar switch housing screws Frame: Footpeg holder bolts Muffler mounting bolts Side stand bolt Side stand switch bolt Windshield screws Front fender bolts Electrical System: Spark plugs Alternator rotor bolt

  • Страница 37 из 516

    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-9 Specifications Item Fuel System: Throttle grip free play Idle speed Bypass screws (turn out) Engine vacuum Air cleaner element Cooling System: Coolant: Type (recommended) Color Mixed ratio Freezing point Total amount Engine Top End: Valve clearance Inlet Exhaust Clutch:

  • Страница 38 из 516

    2-10 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Specifications Item Air pressure: (when cold) Front Rear Final Drive: Drive chain slack Drive chain (20-link length) Brakes: Brake fluid: Grade Brake pad lining thickness: Front Rear Brake light timing: Front Rear Electrical System: Spark plug gap AT: Republic of Austria

  • Страница 39 из 516

    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-11 Special Tools Steering Stem Nut Wrench: 57001–1100 Pilot Screw Adjuster, C: 57001–1292 Jack: 57001–1238 Hand Tester: 57001–1394 Oil Filter Wrench: 57001–1249 Spark Plug Wrench (Owner’s Tool): 92110–1132

  • Страница 40 из 516

    2-12 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures Fuel System (DFI) Fuel Hose and Connection Inspection ○The fuel hoses are designed to be used throughout the motorcycle’s life without any maintenance, however, if the motorcycle is not properly handled, the high pressure inside the fuel

  • Страница 41 из 516

    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-13 Periodic Maintenance Procedures Throttle Control System Inspection Throttle Grip Play Inspection Check the throttle grip free play [A]. If the free play is incorrect, adjust the throttle cable (see below). • Throttle Grip Free Play Standard: 2 ∼ 3 mm (0.08 ∼ 0.12 in.) that

  • Страница 42 из 516

    2-14 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures Throttle Bore Cleaning Check the throttle bore for cleanliness as follows: ○Remove the throttle body assy (see Fuel System (DFI) chapter). ○Check the main throttle valves and throttle bores [A] for carbon deposits by opening the main valves.

  • Страница 43 из 516

    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-15 Periodic Maintenance Procedures Engine Vacuum Synchronization Inspection NOTE ○These procedures are explained on the assumption that the inlet and exhaust systems of the engine are in good condition. the motorcycle so that it is vertical. • Situate Remove fuel tank (see

  • Страница 44 из 516

    2-16 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures the fuel tank (see Fuel System (DFI) chapter). • Install Start the and warm it up thoroughly. • Check theengine idle speed. • Tachometer [A] If the idle speed is out of the specified range, adjust it. CAUTION Do not measure the idle speed by

  • Страница 45 из 516

    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-17 Periodic Maintenance Procedures If any one vacuum measurement is out of the standard measurement after synchronization, adjust the bypass screws [A]. Front [B] Special Tool — Pilot Screw Adjuster, C: 57001-1292 the lowest vacuum between #1 and #2 to the high• Adjust est of

  • Страница 46 из 516

    2-18 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures out the same number of turns counted when first • Back turned in. This is to set the screw to its original position. NOTE ○A throttle body has different “turns out” of the bypass screw for each individual unit. When setting the bypass screw,

  • Страница 47 из 516

    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-19 Periodic Maintenance Procedures Air Cleaner Element Cleaning NOTE ○In dusty areas, the element should be cleaned more frequently than the recommended interval. ○After riding through rain or on muddily roads, the element should be cleaned immediately. WARNING If dirt or

  • Страница 48 из 516

    2-20 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures the element by tapping it lightly to loosen dust. • Clean Blow away the remaining dust by applying compressed • air [A] from the outside to the inside (from the clean side • to the dirty side). Visually inspect the element for no tears or no

  • Страница 49 из 516

    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-21 Periodic Maintenance Procedures ○Disconnect the hoses from the separator, and remove the separator [A] from the motorcycle left side. Front [B] ○Visually inspect the separator for cracks and other damage. If the separator has any cracks or damage, replace it with a new

  • Страница 50 из 516

    2-22 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures the fuel tank (see Fuel System (DFI) chapter). • Remove Remove the radiator cap [A] in two steps. First turn the • cap counterclockwise to the first stop. Then push and turn it further in the same direction and remove the cap. ○The coolant

  • Страница 51 из 516

    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-23 Periodic Maintenance Procedures the air bleeder bolt [A] on the thermostat housing. • Loosen Front [B] the coolant into the radiator until the coolant • Replenish begins to flow out the air bleeder bolt hole (that is, all the • remaining air is forced out). Tap the

  • Страница 52 из 516

    2-24 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures Valve Clearance Inspection NOTE ○Valve clearance must be checked and adjusted when the engine is cold (at room temperature). • Remove: Lower Fairings (see Frame chapter) Pickup Coil Cover Cylinder Head Cover (see Cylinder Head Cover Removal)

  • Страница 53 из 516

    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-25 Periodic Maintenance Procedures Valve Clearance Adjustment change the valve clearance, remove the camshaft • To chain tensioner, camshafts and valve lifters. Replace the shim with one of a different thickness. NOTE ○Mark and record the valve lifter and shim locations so

  • Страница 54 из 516

    2-26 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT CHART INLET VALVE 1. 2. 3. 4. Measure the clearance (when engine is cold). Check present shim size. Match clearance in vertical column with present shim size in horizontal column. Install the shim specified where

  • Страница 55 из 516

    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-27 Periodic Maintenance Procedures VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT CHART EXHAUST VALVE 1. 2. 3. 4. Measure the clearance (when engine is cold). Check present shim size. Match clearance in vertical column with present shim size in horizontal column. Install the shim specified where

  • Страница 56 из 516

    2-28 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures Clutch Clutch Adjust Inspection the clutch lever just enough to take up the free play • Pull [A]. the gap between the lever and the lever holder. • Measure If the gap is too wide, the clutch may not release fully. If the gap is too narrow,

  • Страница 57 из 516

    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-29 Periodic Maintenance Procedures Engine Lubrication System Engine Oil Change the motorcycle so that it is vertical after warming • Situate up the engine. the engine drain plug [A] to drain the oil. •○Remove The oil in the oil filter can be drained by removing the filter •

  • Страница 58 из 516

    2-30 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures Wheels/Tires Tire Inspection As the tire tread wears down, the tire becomes more susceptible to puncture and failure. An accepted estimate is that 90 % of all tire failures occur during the last 10 % of tread life (90 % worn). So it is false

  • Страница 59 из 516

    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-31 Periodic Maintenance Procedures Air Pressure Inspection/Adjustment the air valve cap. • Remove the tire air pressure with an air pressure gauge • Measure [A] when the tires are cold (that is, when the motorcycle has not been ridden more than a mile during the past 3

  • Страница 60 из 516

    2-32 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures both chain adjuster locknuts securely. • Tighten Tighten the axle nut. • Torque — Rear Axle Nut: 127 N·m (13 kgf·m, 94 ft·lb) the wheel, measure the chain slack again at the tight• Turn est position, and readjust if necessary. • Insert a new

  • Страница 61 из 516

    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-33 Periodic Maintenance Procedures the rear wheel to inspect the drive chain for dam• Rotate aged rollers, and loose pins and links. • • If there is any irregularity, replace the drive chain. Lubricate the drive chain if it appears dry. Stretch the chain taut by hanging a 98

  • Страница 62 из 516

    2-34 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures oil to the sides of the rollers so that oil will penetrate • Apply to the rollers and bushings. Apply the oil to the O-rings so • that the O-rings will be coated with oil. Wipe off any excess oil. Oil Applied Areas [A] O-ring [B] Brakes

  • Страница 63 из 516

    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-35 Periodic Maintenance Procedures • If it does not, adjust and inspect the brake light switch. While holding the switch body, turn the adjusting nut [A] to adjust the switch. CAUTION To avoid damaging the electrical connections inside the switch, be sure that the switch body

  • Страница 64 из 516

    2-36 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures Master Cylinder Inspection (Visual Inspection) the front and rear master cylinders. • Disassemble there are no scratches, rust or pitting on the that • Check inner wall [A] of each master cylinder and on the outside • of each piston [B]. If

  • Страница 65 из 516

    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-37 Periodic Maintenance Procedures Level Inspection that the brake fluid level in the front brake reservoir • Check [A] is above the lower level line [B]. NOTE ○Hold the reservoir horizontal by turning the handlebar when checking brake fluid level. If the fluid level is lower

  • Страница 66 из 516

    2-38 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures the brake fluid reservoir. • Level Remove reservoir cap and diaphragm. • Remove the the • caliper. rubber cap from the bleed valve [A] on the a clear plastic hose [B] to the bleed valve, and run • Attach the other end of the hose into a

  • Страница 67 из 516

    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-39 Periodic Maintenance Procedures Brake Line Bleeding The brake fluid has a very low compression coefficient so that almost all the movement of the brake lever or pedal is transmitted directly to the caliper for braking action. Air, however, is easily compressed. When air

  • Страница 68 из 516

    2-40 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures the brake line and the caliper: •○Bleed Repeat this operation until no more air can be seen com- ing out into the plastic hose. 1. Pump the brake lever until it becomes hard, and apply the brake and hold it [A]. 2. Quickly open and close [B]

  • Страница 69 из 516

    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-41 Periodic Maintenance Procedures WARNING When working with the disc brake, observe the precautions listed below. 1. Never reuse old brake fluid. 2. Do not use fluid from a container that has been left unsealed or that has been open for a long time. 3. Do not mix two types

  • Страница 70 из 516

    2-42 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures Suspension Front Fork Oil Leak Check inspect the front forks [A] for oil leakage, scoring • Visually or scratches on the outer surface of the inner tubes. Replace or repair any defective parts, if necessary. Rear Shock Absorber Oil Leak

  • Страница 71 из 516

    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-43 Periodic Maintenance Procedures Steering Steering Inspection • Lift the front wheel off the ground using the jack. Special Tool — Jack: 57001–1238 the front wheel pointing straight ahead, alternately • With tap each end of the handlebar. The front wheel should • swing

  • Страница 72 из 516

    2-44 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures • Adjust the steering. Special Tool — Steering Stem Nut Wrench: 57001–1100 [B] If the steering is too tight, loosen the stem nut [A] a fraction of a turn. If the steering is too loose, tighten the stem nut a fraction of a turn. NOTE ○Turn

  • Страница 73 из 516

    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-45 Periodic Maintenance Procedures the thermostat bracket bolt [A]. •○Unscrew If removing the spark plug #2 or #3. • Disconnect: Stick Coil Connectors [A] Pull the stick coil #1 [B]. • Takeout out the camshaft position sensor connector [C] from • the bracket. • Pull out the

  • Страница 74 из 516

    2-46 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures the spark plug, preferably in a sandblasting device, • Clean and then clean off any abrasive particles. The plug may • also be cleaned using a high-flash point solvent and a wire brush or other tool. If the spark plug center electrode [A]

  • Страница 75 из 516

    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-47 Periodic Maintenance Procedures General Lubrication Lubrication lubricating each part, clean off any rusty spots with • Before rust remover and wipe off any grease, oil, dirt, or grime. • Lubricate the points listed below with indicated lubricant. ○Whenever NOTE the

  • Страница 76 из 516

    2-48 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures Nut, Bolt, and Fastener Tightness Tightness Inspection the tightness of the bolts and nuts listed here. Also, • Check check to see that each cotter pin is in place and in good condition. NOTE ○For the engine fasteners, check the tightness of

  • Страница 77 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-1 Fuel System (DFI) Table of Contents Exploded View…………………………….. DFI Parts Location……………………….. DFI Wiring Diagram ……………………… Specifications ……………………………… Special Tools

  • Страница 78 из 516

    3-2 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) ECU Installation ……………………… ECU Power Supply Inspection….. DFI Power Source ……………………….. ECU Fuse Removal ………………… ECU Fuse Installation ……………… ECU Fuse Inspection ………………. ECU Main Relay Removal

  • Страница 79 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-3 Exploded View Clifornia Evaporative Emission Control System 1. Canister 2. Separator 3. Right fitting of throttle body #2 4. Right fitting of throttle body #3 5. Canister purge hose (green) 6. Fuel return hose (left, red) 7. Fuel tank breather hose (right, blue) 8. Separator

  • Страница 80 из 516

    3-4 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Exploded View

  • Страница 81 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-5 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb 1 Throttle cable plate bolt 6 0.6 52 in·lb 2 Throttle body cover bolts 7 0.7 61 in·lb 3 Throttle assy holder clamp bolts 2 0.2 17 in·lb 4 Choke link holder screws 2.1 0.21 18 in·lb 5 Delivery pipe screws 3.4 0.35 30 in·lb 6

  • Страница 82 из 516

    3-6 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Exploded View

  • Страница 83 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-7 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb 1 Inlet air pressure sensor bolt 12 1.2 104 in·lb 2 Water temperature sensor 25 2.5 18 3 Vehicle downsensor bolts 2 0.2 17 in·lb 4 Camshaft position sensor bolt 12 1.2 104 in·lb 5 Camshaft position sensor rotor bolt 12 1.2 104

  • Страница 84 из 516

    3-8 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) DFI Parts Location DFI: DFI Parts (this chapter) F: Front 1. Water temperature Sensor (DFI) 2. Inlet Air Pressure Sensor (DFI) 3. Injectors (DFI) 4. Fuel Pump (DFI) 5. Inlet Air Temperature Sensor (DFI) 6. Sealed Battery 7. Junction Box 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. ECU Fuse

  • Страница 85 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-9 DFI Parts Location [1], [2], [10], [13], [22] and [24] are not included.

  • Страница 86 из 516

    3-10 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) DFI Wiring Diagram

  • Страница 87 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-11 DFI Wiring Diagram Terminal Names 1. Power Supply to Sensors (inlet air pressure, atmospheric pressure, and throttle sensors) from ECU. 2. Main Throttle Sensor Signal 3. Subthrottle Sensor Signal for ECU 4. Atmospheric Pressure Sensor Signal 5. Water Temperature Sensor Signal

  • Страница 88 из 516

    3-12 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Specifications Item Digital Fuel Injection System Idle Speed Throttle Assy: Type Bore ECU (Electronic Control Unit): Make Type Usable engine speed Fuel Pressure (high pressure line): Right after Ignition switch ON After 3 sec from Ignition switch ON With engine idling Fuel

  • Страница 89 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-13 Specifications Item Detection time Output voltage Subthrottle Sensor: Input Voltage Output voltage at idle throttle opening Output voltage at full throttle opening Resistance Subthrottle Valve Actuator: Resistance Input voltage Throttle Grip and Cables Throttle grip free play

  • Страница 90 из 516

    3-14 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Special Tools Oil Pressure Gauge: 57001–125 Fuel Pressure Gauge Adapter: 57001–1417 Carburetor Drain Plug Wrench, Hex 3: 57001–1269 Needle Adapter Set: 57001–1457 Fork Oil Level Gauge: 57001–1290 Throttle Sensor Setting Adapter: 57001–1538 Hand Tester: 57001–1394 Sensor

  • Страница 91 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-15 DFI Servicing Precautions There are a number of important precautions that should be followed servicing the DFI system. ○This DFI system is designed to be used with a 12 V sealed battery as its power source. Do not use any other battery except for a 12 V sealed battery as a

  • Страница 92 из 516

    3-16 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) DFI Servicing Precautions ○To maintain the correct fuel/air mixture (F/A), there must be no inlet air leaks in the DFI system. Be sure to install the oil filler plug [A] after filling the engine oil. Clutch Cover [B] Front [C] Torque — Oil Filler Plug: 1.5 N·m (0.15 kgf·m, 13

  • Страница 93 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-17 Troubleshooting the DFI System Outline When an abnormality in the system occurs, the FI indicator LED (Light Emitting Diode) light goes on to alert the rider on the meter panel. In addition, the condition of the problem is stored in the memory of the ECU (electronic control

  • Страница 94 из 516

    3-18 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Troubleshooting the DFI System ○The DFI part connectors [A] have seals [B], including the • ECU. Join the connector and insert the needle adapters (special tool) [C] inside the seal [B] from behind the connector until the adapter reaches the terminal. Special Tool — Needle

  • Страница 95 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-19 Troubleshooting the DFI System each connector [A] apart and inspect it for corrosion, • Pull dirt, and damage. If the connector is corroded or dirty, clean it carefully. If it is damaged, replace it. Connect the connectors securely. Check the wiring for continuity. ○Use the

  • Страница 96 из 516

    3-20 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Troubleshooting the DFI System ○There are two ways to inspect the DFI system. One is voltage Check Method and the other is Resistance Check Method. (Voltage Check Method) ○This method is conducted by measuring the input voltage [B] to a sensor [A] first, and then the output

  • Страница 97 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-21 Troubleshooting the DFI System DFI Diagnosis Flow Chart Inquiries to Rider ○Each rider reacts to problems in different ways, so it is important to confirm what kind of symptoms the rider has encountered. ○Try to find out exactly what problem occurred under exactly what

  • Страница 98 из 516

    3-22 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Troubleshooting the DFI System Sample Diagnosis Sheet Rider name: Model: Registration No. (license plate No.): Year of initial registration: Engine No.: Date problem occurred: Frame No.: Mileage: Environment when problem occurred. Weather □ fine, □ cloudy, □ rain, □ snow, □

  • Страница 99 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-23 Troubleshooting the DFI System Poor running at low speed □ choke lever pulled out fully (push it in fully) □ very low choke speed (adjust choke cable) □ very low idle speed, □ very high idle speed, □ rough idle speed □ battery voltage is low (charge the battery) □ spark plug

  • Страница 100 из 516

    3-24 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) DFI System Troubleshooting Guide NOTE ○This is not an exhaustive list, giving every possible cause for each problem listed. It is meant as a rough guide to assist the troubleshooting for some of the more common difficulties. simply ○The ECU may be involved in the DFI

  • Страница 101 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-25 DFI System Troubleshooting Guide Symptoms or possible Causes Ignition and engine stop switches not ON Clutch lever not pulled in and gear not in neutral whether sidestand up or not Though clutch lever pulled in, sidestand up and gear not in neutral Vehicle-down sensor coming

  • Страница 102 из 516

    3-26 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) DFI System Troubleshooting Guide Symptoms or possible Causes Piston ring /groove clearance excessive Cylinder head gasket damaged Cylinder head warped No valve clearance Valve guide worn Valve spring broken or weak Valve not seating properly (valve bent, worn or carbon

  • Страница 103 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-27 DFI System Troubleshooting Guide Symptoms or Possible Causes Atmospheric pressure sensor trouble Fuel pressure too low or too high Battery voltage low Incorrect idle speed : Water temperature sensor trouble Main throttle sensor trouble Engine stalls easily : Fuel pump trouble

  • Страница 104 из 516

    3-28 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) DFI System Troubleshooting Guide Symptoms or Possible Causes Subthrottle sensor trouble Subthrottle valve actuator trouble Water temperature sensor trouble Atmospheric pressure sensor trouble Inlet air pressure sensor trouble Loose injector connectors Crankshaft sensor

  • Страница 105 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-29 DFI System Troubleshooting Guide Symptoms or Possible Causes Spark plug dirty, broken or gap maladjusted Too low fuel pressure Fuel pump trouble Main throttle sensor trouble Inlet air temperature sensor trouble Water temperature sensor trouble Atmospheric pressure sensor

  • Страница 106 из 516

    3-30 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) DFI System Troubleshooting Guide Poor Running or No Power at High Speed: Symptoms or Possible Causes Firing incorrect : Spark plug dirty, broken or maladjusted Spark plug cap trouble Spark plug cap shorted or not in good contact Spark plug incorrect IC igniter in ECU trouble

  • Страница 107 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-31 DFI System Troubleshooting Guide Symptoms or Possible Causes Actions (chapter) Fuel poor quality or incorrect (Use the gasoline Change fuel (see chapter 3). recommended in the Owner’s Manual) Spark plug incorrect Replace it with the correct plug (see chapter 16). Stick coil

  • Страница 108 из 516

    3-32 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) DFI System Troubleshooting Guide Symptoms or Possible Causes Too low fuel pressure Water temperature sensor trouble Inlet air temperature sensor trouble Actions (chapter) Inspect fuel line and fuel pump (see chapter 3). Inspect and replace (see chapter 3). Inspect and replace

  • Страница 109 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-33 Self-Diagnosis Self-diagnosis Outline The self-diagnosis system has three modes and can be switched to another mode by grounding the self-diagnosis terminal. User Mode: The ECU notifies the rider of troubles in DFI system and ignition system by lighting the FI indicator when

  • Страница 110 из 516

    3-34 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Self-Diagnosis enter the self-diagnosis dealer mode 2, open [B] and • To ground [A] the lead more than five times [F] within 2 seconds [C] after the lead is first grounded, and then keep it grounded continuously [D] for more than 2 seconds. ○Count the blinks of the LED light

  • Страница 111 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-35 Self-Diagnosis

  • Страница 112 из 516

    3-36 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Self-Diagnosis How to Read Service Codes ○Service codes are shown by a series of long and short blinks of the FI indicator LED light as shown below. ○Read 10th digit and unit digit as the FI indicator LED light blinks. ○When there are a number of problems, all the service

  • Страница 113 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-37 Self-Diagnosis Service Code Table Service Code FI Indicator LED Light 11 Problems Main throttle sensor malfunction, wiring open or short Inlet air pressure sensor malfunction, wiring open or short Inlet air temperature sensor malfunction, wiring open or short Water

  • Страница 114 из 516

    3-38 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Self-Diagnosis Backups ○The ECU takes the following measures to prevent engine damage when the DFI or the ignition system parts have troubles. Service Codes Parts 11 Main Throttle Sensor 12 Inlet Air Pressure Sensor 13 14 15 21 23 24 and 25 31 32 Inlet Air Temperature Sensor

  • Страница 115 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-39 Self-Diagnosis Service Codes 51 52 53 54 62 Output Signal Usable Range or Criteria The stick coil primary Stick Coil winding must send #1 (Ignition signals (output voltage) Coil)* continuously to the ECU. The stick coil primary Stick Coil winding must send #2 (Ignition

  • Страница 116 из 516

    3-40 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Main Throttle Sensor (Service Code 11) Main Throttle Sensor Removal/Adjustment CAUTION Do not remove or adjust the main throttle sensor [A] since it has been adjusted and set with precision at the factory. Never drop the sensor, especially on a hard surface. Such a shock to

  • Страница 117 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-41 Main Throttle Sensor (Service Code 11) Output Voltage Inspection the output voltage at the main throttle sensor • Measure in the same way as input voltage inspection, Note the • following. Disconnect the main throttle sensor (gray) [A] and connect the harness adapter [B]

  • Страница 118 из 516

    3-42 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Main Throttle Sensor (Service Code 11) Resistance Inspection the ignition switch OFF. • Turn the main throttle sensor connector. • Disconnect a digital meter [A] to the main throttle sensor • Connect connector [B]. • Measure the main throttle sensor resistance. Main Throttle

  • Страница 119 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-43 Inlet Air Pressure Sensor (Service Code 12) CAUTION Never drop the sensor, especially on a hard surface. Such a shock to the part can damage it. Removal • Remove: Fuel Tank (see Fuel System chapter) • Water Temperature Sensor Connector [A] Inlet Air Pressure Sensor Bolt [B]

  • Страница 120 из 516

    3-44 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Inlet Air Pressure Sensor (Service Code 12) Output Voltage Inspection NOTE ○The output voltage changes according to the local atmospheric pressure. the output voltage at the ECU in the same way • Measure as input voltage inspection. Note the following. Inlet Air Pressure

  • Страница 121 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-45 Inlet Air Pressure Sensor (Service Code 12) ○Turn the ignition switch ON. ○Measure the inlet air pressure sensor output voltage from various vacuum readings, while pulling the handle of the fork oil level gauge. ○Check the inlet air pressure sensor output voltage, using the

  • Страница 122 из 516

    3-46 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Inlet Air Pressure Sensor (Service Code 12) Pv = 24 ∼ 55 cmHg

  • Страница 123 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-47 Inlet Air Pressure Sensor (Service Code 12) Pv = 55 ∼ 86 cmHg Vv: Inlet Air Pressure Sensor Output Voltage (V) (Digital Meter Reading) Pv: Throttle Vacuum Pressure (absolute) Ps: Standard Atmospheric Pressure (absolute) A. ECU C. Inlet Air Pressure Sensor ID: Idling TO:

  • Страница 124 из 516

    3-48 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Inlet Air Temperature Sensor (Service Code 13) Removal/Installation CAUTION Never drop the sensor, especially on a hard surface. Such a shock to the sensor can damage it. the fuel tank (see Fuel Tank Removal). • Remove the connector [A] from the inlet air tempera• Disconnect

  • Страница 125 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-49 Inlet Air Temperature Sensor (Service Code 13) Sensor Resistance Inspection the inlet air temperature sensor (see this sec• Remove tion). the sensor [A] in a container of machine oil so • Suspend that the heat-sensitive portion is submerged. a thermometer [B] with the

  • Страница 126 из 516

    3-50 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Water Temperature Sensor (Service Code 14) Removal/Installation CAUTION Never drop the sensor, especially on a hard surface. Such a shock to the sensor can damage it. the fuel tank (see Fuel Tank Removal). • Remove the coolant about 200 mL (6.76 US oz). • Drain the sensor

  • Страница 127 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-51 Water Temperature Sensor (Service Code 14) A. ECU D. Water Temperature Sensor V. Coolant Temperature Gauge in Tachometer Sensor Resistance Inspection the water temperature sensor (see this section). • Remove Refer to the System chapter for water temper• ature sensorElectrical

  • Страница 128 из 516

    3-52 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Atmospheric Pressure Sensor (Service Code 15) CAUTION Never drop the sensor, especially on a hard surface. Such a shock to the sensor can damage it. NOTE ○The atmospheric pressure sensor is the same part as the inlet air pressure sensor except that the inlet air pressure

  • Страница 129 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-53 Atmospheric Pressure Sensor (Service Code 15) Output Voltage Inspection the output voltage at the ECU in the same way • Measure as input voltage inspection. Note the following. Digital Meter [A] ECU Connector [B] Atmospheric Pressure Sensor Output Voltage Connections to ECU

  • Страница 130 из 516

    3-54 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Atmospheric Pressure Sensor (Service Code 15) Va: Atmospheric Pressure Sensor Output Voltage (v) H: Altitude (m or feet) A. ECU E. Atmospheric Pressure Sensor ST: Standard of Sensor Output Voltage (v) UR: Usable Range of Sensor Output Voltage (v)

  • Страница 131 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-55 Crankshaft Sensor (Service Code 21) Start the engine and switch the diagnosis mode to Dealer 1 mode to know all the problem that the DFI system has at the time of self-diagnosis. If the engine cannot be started, the self-diagnosis system does not detect dynamic condition of

  • Страница 132 из 516

    3-56 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Camshaft Position Sensor (Service Code 23) Start the engine and switch the diagnosis mode to Dealer 1 mode to know all the problem that the DFI system has at the time of self-diagnosis. If the engine cannot be started, the self-diagnosis system does not detect dynamic

  • Страница 133 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-57 Speed Sensor (Service Code 24, 25) Speed Sensor Removal/Installation the Switches and Sensors section in the Electrical • See System chapter. Speed Sensor Inspection the Switches and Sensors section in the Electrical • See System chapter. Input Voltage Inspection NOTE ○Be

  • Страница 134 из 516

    3-58 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Speed Sensor (Service Code 24, 25) the speed sensor connector [A] and connect • Disconnect the harness adapter [B] between the harness connector • and speed sensor connector. Engine Sprocket Cover [C] Connect a digital meter to the harness adapter leads. Special Tool —

  • Страница 135 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-59 Vehicle-down Sensor (Service Code 31) Removal CAUTION Never drop the down-sensor, especially on a hard surface. Such a shock to the sensor can damage it. • Remove: Connection and Vehicle-down Sensor [A] Bolts and Washers [B] Front [C] Installation • The UP mark [A] of the

  • Страница 136 из 516

    3-60 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Vehicle-down Sensor (Service Code 31) the ignition switch OFF. • Turn Remove sensor. • Connect athedigital • dle adapter set [B].volt meter [A] to the connector with neeSpecial Tool — Needle Adapter Set: 57001–1457 Vehicle-down Sensor Output Voltage Connections to Sensor

  • Страница 137 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-61 Vehicle-down Sensor (Service Code 31) A. ECU S. ECU Main Relay T. Ignition Switch a. ECU Fuse 15A b. Vehicle-down Sensor d. Starter Relay f. Sealed Battery j. Joint Connector B k. Main Fuse 30 A

  • Страница 138 из 516

    3-62 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Subthrottle Sensor (Service Code 32) Subthrottle Sensor Removal/Adjustment CAUTION Do not remove or adjust the subthrottle sensor [A] since it has been adjusted and set with precision at the factory. Never drop the sensor, especially on a hard surface. Such a shock to the

  • Страница 139 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-63 Subthrottle Sensor (Service Code 32) Output Voltage Inspection the throttle body assy (see Throttle Body Assy • Remove Removal). the output voltage at the subthrottle sensor in • Measure the same way as input voltage inspection. Note the fol- • lowing. Disconnect the

  • Страница 140 из 516

    3-64 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Subthrottle Sensor (Service Code 32) Resistance Inspection the ignition switch OFF. • Turn the subthrottle sensor connector. • Disconnect a digital meter [A] to the subthrottle sensor con• Connect nector [B]. • Measure the subthrottle sensor resistance. Throttle Sensor

  • Страница 141 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-65 Stick Coils (#1, #2, #3, #4: Service Code 51, 52, 53, 54) Stick Stick Stick Stick Coil Coil Coil Coil #1: #2: #3: #4: Ignition Ignition Ignition Ignition Coil (Service Coil (Service Coil (Service Coil (Service Code Code Code Code 51) 52) 53) 54) Removal/Installation CAUTION

  • Страница 142 из 516

    3-66 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Stick Coils (#1, #2, #3, #4: Service Code 51, 52, 53, 54) A. ECU M. Stick Coils N. Engine Stop Switch T. Ignition Switch X. Ignition Fuse 10 A Y. Junction Box d. Starter Relay e. Joint Connector D f. Sealed Battery k. Main Fuse 30 A

  • Страница 143 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-67 Subthrottle Valve Actuator (Service Code 62) Subthrottle Valve Actuator Removal CAUTION Do not remove the subthrottle valve actuator [A] since it has been adjusted and set with precision at the factory. Never drop the actuator , especially on a hard surface. Such a shock to

  • Страница 144 из 516

    3-68 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Subthrottle Valve Actuator (Service Code 62) Input Voltage Inspection NOTE ○Be sure the battery is fully charged. the ignition switch OFF. • Turn Remove • Removal).the throttle body assy (see Throttle Body Assy the peak voltage adapter [A] and a digital meter • Connect [B] to

  • Страница 145 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-69 FI Indicator LED Light Inspection Flow Chart

  • Страница 146 из 516

    3-70 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) FI Indicator LED Light LED Light Inspection the meter unit (see Electrical System chapter). • Remove two auxiliary leads, supply battery power to the FI • Using indicator LED light [A]. 12 V Battery [B] FI Indicator LED Light Check Connector: Meter Connector [C]

  • Страница 147 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-71 ECU CAUTION Never drop the ECU, especially on a hard surface. Such a shock to the ECU can damage it. ECU Identification ○Most countries have their own regulations, so each ECU has different characteristic. So, do not confuse ECU’s with each other and use only the ECU’s for

  • Страница 148 из 516

    3-72 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) ECU If the rubber protector [A] is removed, install it. ECU [B] ECU Power Supply Inspection inspect the terminals [A] of the ECU connectors. • Visually If the connector is clogged with mud or dust, blow it off with compressed air. Replace the main harness if the terminals of

  • Страница 149 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-73 ECU the ECU power source voltage with a digital meter • Check [A]. ○Position the terminal in accordance with terminal numbers of ECU connectors [B] in this chapter figure. Battery [C] ECU Power Source Inspection Meter between Terminal 13 (W/Y) and Connections: Battery (–)

  • Страница 150 из 516

    3-74 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) DFI Power Source ECU Fuse Removal to the Electrical System chapter for the ECU fuse • Refer removal. ECU Fuse Installation • If a fuse fails during operation, inspect the DFI system to determine the cause, and then replace it with a new fuse of proper amperage. Refer to the

  • Страница 151 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-75 Fuel Line Fuel Pressure Inspection NOTE ○This inspection can determine which trouble the DFI system has, mechanical or electrical trouble. ○It is preferable to measure the fuel pressure while running the motorcycle just when trouble occurred in order to know symptom well. ○Be

  • Страница 152 из 516

    3-76 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Fuel Line the engine, and let it idle. • Start Measure the fuel pressure with the engine idling. • Fuel Pressure (idling) Standard: 310 kPa (3.2 kgf/cm², 46 psi) NOTE ○The gauge needle will fluctuate. Read the pressure at the average of the maximum and minimum indications. •

  • Страница 153 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-77 Fuel Line the fuel tank cap [A] to lower the pressure in the • Open tank. Front [B] sure to place a piece of cloth around the fuel pump • Be outlet hose. the fuel pump outlet hose [A] from the fuel pump • Remove [B] and the delivery pipe [C] (see Fuel Pump Removal). Front [D]

  • Страница 154 из 516

    3-78 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Fuel Pump Fuel Pump Removal CAUTION Never drop the fuel pump, especially on a hard surface. Such a shock to the pump can damage it. WARNING Gasoline is extremely flammable and can be explosive under certain conditions. Make sure the area is well-ventilated and free from any

  • Страница 155 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-79 Fuel Pump • Replace the fuel pump gasket [A] with a new one. that the fuel pump (–) terminal [A] and band [B] are • Check in place. • • • Front [C] Apply a non-permanent locking agent to the threads of the fuel pump bolts. Tighten the fuel pump bolts to a snug fit, following

  • Страница 156 из 516

    3-80 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Fuel Pump the hand tester (25 V DC) to the fuel pump con• Connect nector [A] with needle adapter set. Front [B] Special Tools — Hand Tester: 57001–1394 Needle Adapter Set: 57001–1457 ○Measure the operating voltage with the engine stopped, and with the connector joined. Turn

  • Страница 157 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-81 Fuel Pump Fuel Pump Relay Removal CAUTION Never drop the relay, especially on a hard surface. Such a shock to the relay can damage it. the seat cover (see Frame chapter). • Remove the fuel pump relay [A] from the tongue of the • Remove storage compartment. the connector. •

  • Страница 158 из 516

    3-82 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Fuel Injectors Removal/Installation • Refer to the Throttle Body Assy Disassembly/Assembly. Audible Inspection the engine. • Start Apply of a screwdriver [A] to the injector [C]. Put • the griptheendtiponto your ear, and listen whether the injector is clicking or not. ○A

  • Страница 159 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-83 Fuel Injectors Output Voltage Inspection the ignition switch OFF. • Turn the ECU (see ECU section). • Remove Connect a digital voltmeter [A] to the ECU connector [B] • with the needle adapter set [C]. Special Tool — Needle Adapter Set: 57001–1457 Injector Output Voltage

  • Страница 160 из 516

    3-84 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Fuel Injectors Injector Signal Test two test light sets with male terminals as shown. • Prepare of Rating Bulb [A]: 12 V × 3 ∼ 3.4 W Terminal Width [B]: 1.8 mm (0.071 in.) Terminal Thickness [C]: 0.8 mm (0.031 in.) CAUTION Do not use larger terminals than specified above. A

  • Страница 161 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-85 Fuel Injectors Injector Resistance Inspection the fuel tank (see Fuel Tank Removal). • Remove the connector from the injector [A] (see Throt• Disconnect tle Body Assy Disassembly/Assembly). the injector resistance with the hand tester [B]. • Measure Front [C] Special Tool —

  • Страница 162 из 516

    3-86 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Fuel Injectors the injector fuel line for leakage as follows: •○Check Connect a commercially available vacuum/pressure pump [A] to the nipple of the delivery pipe [B] with a high-pressure fuel hose [C] (both ends connected with the clamps [D]) as shown. Torque — Fuel Hose

  • Страница 163 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-87 Fuel Injectors A. ECU K. Fuel Injectors N. Engine Stop Switch T. Ignition Switch X. Ignition Fuse 10 A Y. Junction Box Z. Fuel Pump Relay (for fuel pump an injectors) d. Starter Relay e. Joint Connector C f. Sealed Battery j. Joint Connector B k. Main Fuse 30 A

  • Страница 164 из 516

    3-88 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Throttle Grip and Cables Throttle Grip Play Inspection/Adjustment to the Throttle Control System Inspection in the Pe• Refer riodic Maintenance chapter. Choke Lever Operation ○Do not use the choke lever except when the engine has a starting difficulty like in cold weather (10

  • Страница 165 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-89 Throttle Body Assy Idle Speed Inspection/Adjustment to the Idle Speed Inspection in the Periodic Main• Refer tenance chapter . Throttle Bore Cleaning to the Throttle Control System Inspection in the Pe• Refer riodic Maintenance chapter. Engine Vacuum Inspection/Adjustment

  • Страница 166 из 516

    3-90 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Throttle Body Assy • Loosen: Throttle Assy Holder Clamp Bolts [A] Air Cleaner Duct Clamp Bolts [B] Special Tool — Carburetor Drain Plug Wrench, Hex 3: 57001–1269 • Remove: Right and Left Side Covers (see Frame chapter) Coolant Reserve Tank (see Coolant Change in the Periodic

  • Страница 167 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-91 Throttle Body Assy the bolt [A] and the throttle cable plate [B] from • Remove the throttle body front side. the throttle cable lower ends from the throttle • Remove pulley. • Remove: Choke Cable Upper End (From choke lever) • Choke Cable Lower End [A] Throttle Body #2 [B]

  • Страница 168 из 516

    3-92 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Throttle Body Assy a thin coating of grease to the throttle cable upper • Apply ends. the upper ends of the throttle cables in the grip (see • Install Throttle Body Assy Removal). the projection [A] of the right switch housing into the • Fit hole [B] of the handlebar (front

  • Страница 169 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-93 Throttle Body Assy CAUTION Never drop the injector, especially on a hard surface. Such a shock to the injector can damage it. out [A] the injectors along with the delivery pipe [B]. • Pull If necessary, remove the injectors from the delivery pipe. Replace the O-rigs of the

  • Страница 170 из 516

    3-94 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Air Cleaner Element Removal/Installation to the Air Cleaner Element Cleaning in the Periodic • Refer Maintenance chapter. Air Cleaner Oil Draining A drain hose is connected to the bottom of the air cleaner to drain water or oil accumulated in the cleaner part. Visually check

  • Страница 171 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-95 Fuel Tank Fuel Tank Removal WARNING Gasoline is extremely flammable and can be explosive under certain conditions. Make sure the area is well-ventilated and free from any source of flame or sparks; this includes any appliance with a pilot light. Do not smoke. Turn the

  • Страница 172 из 516

    3-96 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Fuel Tank sure to place a piece of cloth [A] around the fuel hose • Be pump outlet joint [B]. pinching the hose joint locks [C] with fingers, pull • While the joint out along the delivery pipe. Front [D] WARNING Be prepared for fuel spillage; any spilled fuel must be

  • Страница 173 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-97 Fuel Tank Fuel Tank Installation the above WARNING (see Fuel Tank Removal). • Note the hoses correctly (see Appendix chapter). • Route Check the rubber dampers [A] are on the frame and • the fuelthat tank. Front [B] that the dampers [A] are in place on the fuel tank • Check

  • Страница 174 из 516

    3-98 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Fuel Tank Fuel Tank and Cap Inspection inspect the gasket [A] on the tank cap for any • Visually damage. • Replace the gasket if it is damaged. Check to see if the water drain pipe [B] and fuel breather pipe [C] in the tank are not clogged. Check the tank cap breather also.

  • Страница 175 из 516

    FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-99 Evaporative Emission Control System Parts Removal/Installation WARNING Gasoline is extremely flammable and can be explosive under certain conditions. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Do not smoke. Make sure the area is well-ventilated and free from any source of flame or sparks;

  • Страница 176 из 516

    3-100 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Evaporative Emission Control System Separator Operation Test WARNING Gasoline is extremely flammable and can be explosive under certain conditions. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Do not smoke. Make sure the area is well-ventilated and free from any source of flame or sparks;

  • Страница 177 из 516

    COOLING SYSTEM 4-1 Cooling System Table of Contents Exploded View………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Coolant Flow

  • Страница 178 из 516

    4-2 COOLING SYSTEM Exploded View

  • Страница 179 из 516

    COOLING SYSTEM 4-3 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb 2 0.2 17 in·lb 1 Radiator hose clamp screws 2 Thermostat air bleeder bolt 7.8 0.80 69 in·lb 3 Radiator fan bolts 8.3 0.85 74 in·lb 4 Water pump impeller bolt 9.8 1.0 87 in·lb 5 Water pump cover bolts 11 1.1 95 in·lb 6 Water pump

  • Страница 180 из 516

    4-4 COOLING SYSTEM Coolant Flow Chart

  • Страница 181 из 516

    COOLING SYSTEM 4-5 Coolant Flow Chart 1. Drain Bolt 2. Water Pump 3. Cylinder Jacket 4. Cylinder Head Jacket 5. Thermostat Housing 6. Thermostat Air Bleeder Bolt 7. Radiator Cap 8. Radiator 9. Oil Filter 10. Outlet Hose 11. Inlet Hose 12. Oil Cooler 13. Reserve Tank 14. Reserve Tank Hose 15.

  • Страница 182 из 516

    4-6 COOLING SYSTEM Specifications Item Standard Coolant provided when shipping: Type (recommended) Permanent type of antifreeze (soft water and ethylene glycol plus corrosion and rust inhibitor chemicals for aluminum engines and radiators) Color Green Mixed ratio Soft water 50%, coolant 50%

  • Страница 183 из 516

    COOLING SYSTEM 4-7 Special Tool Bearing Driver Set: 57001–1129 Bearing Driver: 57001–382 Kawasaki Bond (Silicone Sealant): 56019–120

  • Страница 184 из 516

    4-8 COOLING SYSTEM Coolant Coolant Deterioration Inspection the left side cover (see Frame chapter). • Remove inspect the coolant [A] in the reserve tank. • Visually Front [B] If whitish cotton-like wafts are observed, aluminum parts in the cooling system are corroded. If the coolant is brown, iron

  • Страница 185 из 516

    COOLING SYSTEM 4-9 Coolant Pressure Testing the fuel tank (see Fuel System (DFI) chapter). • Remove the radiator cap, and install a cooling system • Remove pressure tester [A] on the filler neck [B]. NOTE ○Wet the cap sealing surfaces with water or coolant to prevent pressure leaks. up pressure in

  • Страница 186 из 516

    4-10 COOLING SYSTEM Water Pump Water Pump Removal to Oil Pump Removal in the Engine Lubrication Sys• Refer tem chapter. Water Pump [A] Front [B] Water Pump Installation to Oil Pump Installation in the Engine Lubrication • Refer System chapter. Water Pump Inspection the drainage outlet passage [A]

  • Страница 187 из 516

    COOLING SYSTEM 4-11 Water Pump sure to replace the mechanical seal, oil seal, and O • Be -ring with new ones because these parts will be damaged • • • • by removal. Apply plenty of high temperature grease to the oil seal lips. Apply oil to the outer circumference of the oil seal. Press the oil seal

  • Страница 188 из 516

    4-12 COOLING SYSTEM Radiator Radiator Removal WARNING The radiator fan is connected directly to the battery. The radiator fan may start even if the ignition switch is off. NEVER TOUCH THE RADIATOR FAN UNTIL THE RADIATOR FAN CONNECTOR IS DISCONNECTED. TOUCHING THE FAN BEFORE THE CONNECTOR IS

  • Страница 189 из 516

    COOLING SYSTEM 4-13 Radiator necessary, remove: • IfRadiator Fan Mounting Bolts [A] Radiator Fan [B] Radiator Inspection the radiator core. • Check If there are obstructions to air flow, remove them. If the corrugated fins [A] are deformed, carefully straighten them. If the air passages of the

  • Страница 190 из 516

    4-14 COOLING SYSTEM Radiator • Install the cap [A] on a cooling system pressure tester [B]. NOTE ○Wet the cap sealing surfaces with water or coolant to prevent pressure leaks. the pressure gauge, pump the pressure tester • Watching to build up the pressure until the relief valve opens: the gauge

  • Страница 191 из 516

    COOLING SYSTEM 4-15 Thermostat Thermostat Removal • Remove: Coolant : Drain about 200 mL • Fuel Tank (see Fuel System (DFI) chapter) Thermostat Bracket Bolt [A] Water Temperature Sensor Connector [B] Three Water Hoses [C] Remove the thermostat housing [D]. Front [E] the screws [A], take off the cap

  • Страница 192 из 516

    4-16 COOLING SYSTEM Thermostat check valve opening temperature, suspend the ther• To mostat [A] in a container of water and raise the temperature of the water. ○The thermostat must be completely submerged and must not touch the container sides or bottom. Suspend an accurate thermometer [B] in the

  • Страница 193 из 516

    COOLING SYSTEM 4-17 Hose and Pipes Hose Installation the hoses and pipes, being careful to follow bend• Install ing direction. Avoid sharp bending, kinking, flattening or twisting. Run the hoses in accordance with the Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing section in the Appendix chapter. Wet the internal

  • Страница 194 из 516

    4-18 COOLING SYSTEM Radiator Fan Switch, Water Temperature Sensor CAUTION The fan switch or the water temperature sensor should never be allowed to fall on a hard surface. Such a shock to their parts can damage them. Radiator Fan Switch Removal the coolant (see Coolant Change in the Periodic •

  • Страница 195 из 516

    ENGINE TOP END 5-1 Engine Top End Table of Contents Exploded View…………………………….. Specifications ……………………………… Special Tools and Sealant …………….. Clean Air System…………………………. Air Suction Valve Removal……….. Air Suction Valve

  • Страница 196 из 516

    5-2 ENGINE TOP END Exploded View

  • Страница 197 из 516

    ENGINE TOP END 5-3 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb 1 Air suction valve cover bolts 10 1.0 87 in·lb 2 Cylinder head cover bolts 10 1.0 87 in·lb 3 Camshaft cap bolts (L=45 mm) 12 1.2 104 in·lb 4 Camshaft cap bolts (L=40 mm) 12 1.2 104 in·lb 5 Cylinder head bolts (M10 new bolts) 54

  • Страница 198 из 516

    5-4 ENGINE TOP END Exploded View

  • Страница 199 из 516

    ENGINE TOP END 5-5 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb 1 Coolant Drain Plug (Cylinder) 10 1.0 87 in·lb 2 Exhaust pipe manifold holder nuts 17 1.7 12 3 Muffler body clamp bolts 17 1.7 12 4 Muffler body mounting bolts and nuts 34 35 25 5 Crankshaft sensor cover bolts 11 1.1 95 in·lb

  • Страница 200 из 516

    5-6 ENGINE TOP END Specifications Item Clean Air System: Vacuum switch valve closing pressure: Camshafts: Cam height: Exhaust Inlet Camshaft journal, camshaft cap clearance Camshaft journal diameter Camshaft bearing inside diameter Camshaft runout Cylinder Head: Cylinder compression Valve head

  • Страница 201 из 516

    ENGINE TOP END 5-7 Specifications Item Valve/valve guide clearance (wobble method): Exhaust Inlet Valve seat cutting angle Valve seating surface: Width: Exhaust Inlet Outside diameter: Exhaust Inlet Valve spring free length: Exhaust Inlet Cylinder, Piston: Cylinder inside diameter Standard 0.09 ∼

  • Страница 202 из 516

    5-8 ENGINE TOP END Special Tools and Sealant Compression Gauge: 57001–221 Valve Seat Cutter, 32° 57001–1119 28: Valve Spring Compressor Assembly: 57001–241 Valve Seat Cutter, 32° 57001–1120 30: Piston Pin Puller Assembly: 57001–910 Valve Seat Cutter, 60° 57001–1123 30: Valve Seat Cutter, 45°

  • Страница 203 из 516

    ENGINE TOP END 5-9 Special Tools and Sealant Valve Spring Compressor Adapter, 57001–1202 22: Valve Seat Cutter Holder, 57001–1330 4.5: Spark Plug Wrench, Hex 16: 57001–1262 Valve Guide Reamer, 57001–1333 Fork Oil Level Gauge: 57001–1290 Valve Seat Cutter, 60° 57001–1334 Compression Gauge Adapter,

  • Страница 204 из 516

    5-10 ENGINE TOP END Clean Air System Air Suction Valve Removal • Remove: Fuel Tank (see Fuel System (DFI) chapter) Connector [A] (from Clamp [B]) Air Suction Valve Cover Bolts [C] and Clamp Air Suction Valve Cover [D] Air Suction Valve Air Suction Valve Installation the air suction valve [A] so

  • Страница 205 из 516

    ENGINE TOP END 5-11 Clean Air System Vacuum Switch Valve Test • Remove: Fuel Tank (see Fuel System (DFI) chapter) • Vacuum Switch Valve Connect a vacuum gauge [A] and syringe [B] or fork oil level gauge to the vacuum hoses as shown. Special Tool — Fork Oil Level Gauge: 57001–1290 Air Flow [C] raise

  • Страница 206 из 516

    5-12 ENGINE TOP END Cylinder Head Cover Cylinder Head Cover Removal • Remove: Fuel Tank (see Fuel System (DFI) chapter) Vacuum Switch Valve and Hoses Stick Coils (see Electrical System chapter) Air Suction Valve Covers [A] the cylinder head cover bolts [A] and take off the • Remove cover. Cylinder

  • Страница 207 из 516

    ENGINE TOP END 5-13 Cylinder Head Cover the washer [A] with the metal side faces upward. • Install Tighten: • Torque — Cylinder Head Cover Bolts [B]: 10 N·m (1.0 kgf·m, 87 in·lb)

  • Страница 208 из 516

    5-14 ENGINE TOP END Camshaft Chain Tensioner Camshaft Chain Tensioner Removal CAUTION This is a non-return type camshaft chain tensioner. The push rod does not return to its original position once it moves out to take up camshaft chain slack. Observe all the rules listed below: When removing the

  • Страница 209 из 516

    ENGINE TOP END 5-15 Camshaft, Camshaft Chain Camshaft Removal • Remove: Fuel Tank (see Fuel System (DFI) chapter) Stick Coils (see Electrical System) Cylinder Head Cover (see Cylinder Head Cover Removal) Pickup Coil Cover the crankshaft at #1, 4 piston TDC. • Position [A] TDC mark for #1, 4 Pistons

  • Страница 210 из 516

    5-16 ENGINE TOP END Camshaft, Camshaft Chain engine oil to all cam parts and journals. • Apply If a new camshaft is to be used, apply a thin coat of molyb• denum disulfide grease to the cam surfaces. NOTE ○The exhaust camshaft has a 030 EX mark [A] and the inlet camshaft has a 030 IN mark [B]. Be

  • Страница 211 из 516

    ENGINE TOP END 5-17 Camshaft, Camshaft Chain Camshaft, Camshaft Cap Wear • Remove: Camshaft Chain Guide • • • Camshaft Cap Cut strips of plastigage to journal width. Place a strip on each journal parallel to the camshaft installed in the correct position. Measure each clearance between the camshaft

  • Страница 212 из 516

    5-18 ENGINE TOP END Camshaft, Camshaft Chain Camshaft Chain Removal the crankcase (see Crankshaft/Transmission chap• Split ter). the camshaft chain [A] from the crankshaft • Remove sprocket.

  • Страница 213 из 516

    ENGINE TOP END 5-19 Cylinder Head Cylinder Compression Measurement NOTE ○Use the battery which is fully charged. up the engine thoroughly. • Warm Stop the • Remove: engine. • Seats (see Frame chapter) Fuel Tank (see Fuel System (DFI) chapter) Stick Coils Spark Plugs Owners Tool — Spark Plug Wrench,

  • Страница 214 из 516

    5-20 ENGINE TOP END Cylinder Head Cylinder Head Removal the coolant (see Cooling System chapter). • Drain • Remove: Exhaust Pipes (see Exhaust Pipe Removal) Coolant Drain Bolt [A] (cylinder) • Remove: Cylinder Head Cover (see Cylinder Head Cover Removal) Camshaft Position Sensor (see Electrical

  • Страница 215 из 516

    ENGINE TOP END 5-21 Cylinder Head • Install: Front Camshaft Chain Guide [A] • O-ring [B] Collar [C] Tighten: Torque — Front Camshaft Chain Guide Bolt (Upper) [D]: 25 N·m (2.5 kgf·m, 18 ft·lb) Front Camshaft Chain Guide Bolt (Lower) [E]: 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 104 in·lb) • Install: Rear Camshaft Chain

  • Страница 216 из 516

    5-22 ENGINE TOP END Valves Valve Clearance Inspection to the Engine Top End in the Periodic Maintenance • Refer chapter. Valve Clearance Adjustment to the Engine Top End in the Periodic Maintenance • Refer chapter. Valve Removal the cylinder head (see Cylinder Head Removal). • Remove Remove valve

  • Страница 217 из 516

    ENGINE TOP END 5-23 Valves Valve Guide Installation oil to the valve guide outer surface before installa• Apply tion. the area around the valve guide hole to about 120 ∼ • Heat 150 °C (248 ∼ 302 °F). the valve guide in from the top of the head using the • Drive valve guide arbor. The flange stops

  • Страница 218 из 516

    5-24 ENGINE TOP END Valves Valve Seat Inspection the valve (see Valve Removal). • Remove the valve seating surface [A] between the valve [B] • Check and valve seat [C]. ○Measure the outside diameter [D] of the seating pattern on the valve seat. If the outside diameter is too large or too small,

  • Страница 219 из 516

    ENGINE TOP END 5-25 Valves Seat Cutter Operation Care: 1. This valve seat cutter is developed to grind the valve for repair. Therefore the cutter must not be used for other purposes than seat repair. 2. Do not drop or shock the valve seat cutter, or the diamond particles may fall off. 3. Do not

  • Страница 220 из 516

    5-26 ENGINE TOP END Valves the outside diameter of the seating surface with • Measure a vernier caliper. If the outside diameter of the seating surface is too small, repeat the 45° grind until the diameter is within the specified range. Widened Width [A] of engagement by machining with 45° cutter

  • Страница 221 из 516

    ENGINE TOP END 5-27 Valves If the seat width is too wide, make the 60° [A] grind described below. If the seat width is within the specified range, lap the valve to the seat as described below. Grind the seat at a 60° angle until the seat width is within the specified range. ○To make the 60° grind,

  • Страница 222 из 516

    5-28 ENGINE TOP END Valves

  • Страница 223 из 516

    ENGINE TOP END 5-29 Cylinder, Pistons Cylinder Removal • Remove: Cylinder Head (see Cylinder Head Removal) • Water Hose [A] Remove the cylinder [B]. Cylinder Installation NOTE ○If a new cylinder is used, use new piston ring. the pins [A] and new cylinder gasket [B]. • Install • Apply engine oil to

  • Страница 224 из 516

    5-30 ENGINE TOP END Cylinder, Pistons • Remove the piston pins. Special Tool — Piston Pin Puller Assembly: 57001–910 [A] • Remove the pistons. spread the ring opening with your thumbs and • Carefully then push up on the opposite side of the ring [A] to remove • it. Remove the 3-piece oil ring with

  • Страница 225 из 516

    ENGINE TOP END 5-31 Cylinder, Pistons NOTE ○If a new piston is used, use new piston ring. the piston with its hollow facing forward. • Install pin snap ring into the side of the piston Fit a new • so that thepiston ring opening [A] does not coincide with the slit [B] of the piston pin hole. ○Apply

  • Страница 226 из 516

    5-32 ENGINE TOP END Cylinder, Pistons Piston Ring Groove Width the piston ring groove width. •○Measure Use a vernier caliper at several points around the piston. Piston Ring Groove Width Standard Top [A] 0.83 ∼ 0.85 mm (0.0327 ∼ 0.0335 in.) 0.82 ∼ 0.84 mm Second [B] (0.0323 ∼ 0.0331 in.) Service

  • Страница 227 из 516

    ENGINE TOP END 5-33 Throttle Body Holder Throttle Body Holder Installation sure to install the O-rings [A]. • Be the clamps [B] as shown and so that its hole fit on • Install the projection [C] of the holder. • Tighten: Torque — Throttle Body Holder Bolts [D]: 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 104 in·lb) Throttle

  • Страница 228 из 516

    5-34 ENGINE TOP END Muffler WARNING To avoid a serious burn, do not remove the mufflers when the engine is still hot. Wait until the mufflers cool down. Muffler Body Removal • Remove: Muffler Body Clamp Bolts [A] Muffler Body Mounting Bolts [B] Muffler Body [C] Exhaust Pipe Removal • Remove:

  • Страница 229 из 516

    ENGINE TOP END 5-35 Muffler ○Install the muffler body clamp bolts as shown. [L] Upper Side [M] Inside [N] Connection Part Detail warm up the engine, wait until the engine • Thoroughly cools down, and retighten all the bolts and nuts.

  • Страница 230 из 516
  • Страница 231 из 516

    CLUTCH 6-1 Clutch Table of Contents Exploded View………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Specifications

  • Страница 232 из 516

    6-2 CLUTCH Exploded View

  • Страница 233 из 516

    CLUTCH 6-3 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb 1 Clutch lever clamp bolts 7.9 0.8 69 in·lb 2 Clutch cover bolts (L = 32 mm) 11 1.1 95 in·lb 3 Clutch cover bolts (L = 45 mm) 11 1.1 95 in·lb 4 Clutch cover bolts (L = 30 mm) 11 1.1 95 in·lb 5 Clutch cover bolts 11 1.1 95 in·lb 6 Oil

  • Страница 234 из 516

    6-4 CLUTCH Specifications Item Standard Service Limit 2 ∼ 3 mm (0.08 ∼ 0.12 in.) — — — Clutch plate assembly 48.4 ∼ 49.0 mm (1.91 ∼ 1.93 in.) — — — Friction plate thickness 2.72 ∼ 2.88 mm (0.107 ∼ 0.113 in.) 2.4 mm (0.094 in.) Friction and steel plate warp 0.2 mm (0.008 in.) or less 0.3 mm (0.012

  • Страница 235 из 516

    CLUTCH 6-5 Special Tools and Sealant Inside Circlip Pliers: 57001–143 Clutch Holder: 57001–1243 Kawasaki Bond (Silicone Sealant): 56019–120

  • Страница 236 из 516

    6-6 CLUTCH Clutch Lever and Cable Clutch Lever Free Play Inspection to the Clutch Adjust Inspection in the Periodic Main• Refer tenance chapter. Clutch Lever Free Play Adjustment to the Clutch Adjust Inspection in the Periodic Main• Refer tenance chapter. Cable Removal the dust cover [A] at the

  • Страница 237 из 516

    CLUTCH 6-7 Clutch Cover Clutch Cover Removal • Remove: Engine Oil (drain, see Engine Oil Change section in the Periodic Maintenance chapter) Clutch Cable Lower End [A] Clutch Cover Mounting Bolts [B] Clutch Cable Bracket [C] the release lever [A] toward the rear as shown, and • Turn remove the

  • Страница 238 из 516

    6-8 CLUTCH Clutch Cover spring [A] as shown. • Fit[B]theViewed from Rear [C] Release Shaft [D] Clutch Cover Clutch Cover Disassembly • Remove: Oil Seal [A] Needle Bearings • Remove: Circlip [A] Special Tool — Inside Circlip Pliers [B]: 57001–143 • Remove: Oil Level Gauge [C] Clutch Cover Assembly •

  • Страница 239 из 516

    CLUTCH 6-9 Clutch Clutch Removal • Remove: Engine Oil (drain, see Engine Oil Change section in the Periodic Maintenance chapter) Clutch Cover (see Clutch Cover Removal) Clutch Spring Bolts [A] Clutch Springs Clutch Spring Plate [B] (with thrust bearing and pusher [C]) • Remove: Friction Plates,

  • Страница 240 из 516

    6-10 CLUTCH Clutch ○Install the spacer [A] so that the tapered side [B] faces inward. ○Install the washer [A] so that the OUT SIDE mark faces outward. ○Replace the clutch hub nut with a new one. ○Holding the clutch hub, tighten the clutch hub nut. Special Tool — Clutch Holder: 57001–1243 Torque —

  • Страница 241 из 516

    CLUTCH 6-11 Clutch molybdenum disulfide grease to the pusher ends • Apply [A] and install the pusher [B]. engine oil to the needle bearing [C] and install it. • Apply Install the washer [D]. • the mark [A] of the clutch spring plate [B] with the • Align groove [C] of the clutch hub. the clutch

  • Страница 242 из 516

    6-12 CLUTCH Clutch Clutch Plate Assembly Adjustment the clutch plate assembly length, and then re• Inspect place the steel plate(s) which brings the length within the • • specified range. Remove: Spring Bolts Spring Holders Springs Spring Plate Replace the following steel plate(s). Part No.

  • Страница 243 из 516

    ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM 7-1 Engine Lubrication System Table of Contents Exploded View………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Engine Oil Flow

  • Страница 244 из 516

    7-2 ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM Exploded View

  • Страница 245 из 516

    ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM 7-3 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb Remarks 1 Oil filler plug 1.5 0.15 13 in·lb 2 Engine drain plug 20 2.0 14.5 3 Oil filter (cartridge type, P/No. 16097–1070) 26 2.7 20 EO, R 3 Oil filter (cartridge type, P/No. 16097–0002) 31 3.2 23 EO, R 4 Oil cooler

  • Страница 246 из 516

    7-4 ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM Engine Oil Flow Chart

  • Страница 247 из 516

    ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM 7-5 Engine Oil Flow Chart 1. Camshaft Oil Passage 2. Oil Passage Hole in Alternator Rotor Bolt 3. Starter Clutch Oil Passage Hole 4. Main Oil Passage 5. Crankshaft Oil Passage 6. Oil Filter 7. Oil Cooler 8. Oil Pressure Switch 9. Oil Pipe 10. Oil Pump 11. To Drive Shaft

  • Страница 248 из 516

    7-6 ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM Specifications Item Standard Engine Oil: Type API SE, SF or SG API SH or SJ with JASO MA Viscosity SAE 10W-40 Capacity: 3.1 L (3.3 US gt) (when filter is not removed) 3.3 L (3.5 US gt) (when filter is removed) 3.8 L (4.0 US gt) (when engine is completely dry) Level

  • Страница 249 из 516

    ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM 7-7 Special Tools and Sealant Oil Pressure Gauge, 10 kgf/cm²: 57001–164 Kawasaki Bond (Silicone Sealant): 56019–120 Oil Pressure Gauge Adapter, PT3/8: 57001–1233 Oil Filter Wrench: 57001–1249

  • Страница 250 из 516

    7-8 ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM Engine Oil and Oil Filter WARNING Motorcycle operation with insufficient, deteriorated, or contaminated engine oil will cause accelerated wear and may result in engine or transmission seizure, accident, and injury. Oil Level Inspection that the engine oil level is

  • Страница 251 из 516

    ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM 7-9 Oil Pan Oil Pan Removal • Remove: Engine Oil (drain, see Periodic Maintenance chapter) Muffler (see Engine Top End chapter) Oil Pan Bolts [A] Oil Pan [B] ○Remove the oil pipe [A], oil pressure relief valve [B] and oil screen [C] as necessary. Oil Pan Installation the

  • Страница 252 из 516

    7-10 ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM Oil Pressure Relief Valve Oil Pressure Relief Valve Removal • See Oil Pan Removal. Oil Pressure Relief Valve Installation • See Oil Pan Installation. Oil Pressure Relief Valve Inspection to see if the valve [A] slides smoothly when push• Check ing it in with a wooden

  • Страница 253 из 516

    ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM 7-11 Oil Pump Oil Pump Removal • Drain: Coolant (see Periodic Maintenance chapter) • Engine Oil (see Periodic Maintenance chapter) Remove: Water Hose [A] Water Pipe Fitting Bolts [B] Water Pipes [C] • Remove: Water Pump Cover Bolts [A] Clamp [B] Water Pump Cover [C] •

  • Страница 254 из 516

    7-12 ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM Oil Pump the pin [A] of the oil pump cover [B] into the hole [C] in • Fit the crankcase. • Install: Pins [A] Water Pump Body [B] • Install: Impeller [A] and Bolt [B] • Tighten: Torque — Water Pump Impeller Bolt: 10 N·m (1.0 kgf·m, 87 in·lb) • Install: Pins [C] Water

  • Страница 255 из 516

    ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM 7-13 Oil Pump Oil Pump Drive Gear Removal • Remove: Clutch (see Clutch chapter) Oil Pan (see Oil Pan Removal) Circlip [A] and Washer [B] Oil Pump Drive Gear [C] Oil Pump Drive Gear Installation molybdenum disulfide oil solution to the journal por• Apply tions [A] on the

  • Страница 256 из 516

    7-14 ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM Oil Cooler Oil Cooler Removal • Drain: Coolant (see Periodic Maintenance chapter) • Engine Oil (see Periodic Maintenance chapter) Remove: Oil Filter (see Periodic Maintenance chapter) Water Hose [A] Oil Cooler Mounting Bolt [B] and Washer Oil Cooler [C] and Water Hose

  • Страница 257 из 516

    ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM 7-15 Oil Pressure Measurement Oil Pressure Measurement the oil passage plug, and attach the adapter [A] • Remove and gauge [B] to the plug hole. Special Tools — Oil Pressure Gauge, 10 kgf/cm²: 57001–164 Oil Pressure Gauge Adapter, PT 3/8: 57001–1233 the engine and warm up

  • Страница 258 из 516

    7-16 ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM Oil Pressure Switch Oil Pressure Switch Removal • Remove: Engine Oil (drain, see Periodic Maintenance chapter) Switch Cover [A] Switch Terminal [B] Oil Pressure Switch [C] Oil Pressure Switch Installation silicone sealant to the threads of the oil pressure • Apply

  • Страница 259 из 516

    ENGINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 8-1 Engine Removal/Installation Table of Contents Exploded View………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Special Tools

  • Страница 260 из 516

    8-2 ENGINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Exploded View

  • Страница 261 из 516

    ENGINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 8-3 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb Remarks 1 Adjusting collar locknut 49 5.0 36 S 2 Upper engine mounting bolts 44 4.5 32 S 3 Rear engine bracket bolts 25 2.5 18 S 4 Front engine bracket bolts 44 4.5 32 S 5 Middle engine mounting nut 44 4.5 32 S 6

  • Страница 262 из 516

    8-4 ENGINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Special Tools Carburetor Drain Plug Wrench, Hex3: 57001–1269 Engine Mount Nut Wrench: 57001–1450

  • Страница 263 из 516

    ENGINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 8-5 Engine Removal/Installation Engine Removal • Support the rear part of the swingarm with a stand [A]. the brake lever slowly and hold it with a band • Squeeze [A]. WARNING Be sure to hold the front brake when removing the engine, or the motorcycle may fall over. It

  • Страница 264 из 516

    8-6 ENGINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Engine Removal/Installation • Remove: Radiator Hose Clamp [A] (Loosen) Radiator Hose [B] Oil Cooler Water Hose Clamp [C] (Loosen) Oil Cooler Water Hose [D] Radiator Bolt [E] (Loosen) Radiator Bracket Bolt [F] • Disconnect Crankshaft Sensor Lead Connector (see

  • Страница 265 из 516

    ENGINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 8-7 Engine Removal/Installation • Remove: Camshaft Position Sensor Connector [A] Injector Harness Connector [B] Coolant Reserve Tank [A] (see Cooling System chapter) Air Cleaner Housing Bolt [B] Vacuum Switch Valve Hose [C] • Remove: Vacuum Switch Valve Tube [A] Inlet

  • Страница 266 из 516

    8-8 ENGINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Engine Removal/Installation the engine with a suitable stand [A]. •○Support Put a plank [B] onto the suitable stand for engine balance. • Remove: Right and Left Engine Upper Mounting Bolts [A] Front Engine Bracket Bolts [B] Front Engine Bracket [C] the middle and

  • Страница 267 из 516

    ENGINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 8-9 Engine Removal/Installation the Hexagon Wrench, turn the adjusting collar [A] • Using counter clockwise to mark the gap between the engine and flame adjusting collar. • Remove the drive chain [A] from the output shaft [B]. the rear portion of the engine a little and

  • Страница 268 из 516

    8-10 ENGINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Engine Removal/Installation the engine mounting bolts and nuts, following the • Install specified installing sequence. ○First, hang the drive chain over the output shaft just before moving the engine into its final position in the frame. ○Second, insert the lower

  • Страница 269 из 516

    ENGINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 8-11 Engine Removal/Installation ○Ninth, temporarily install: Front Engine Bracket [A] Front Right Engine Mounting Bolt [B] ○Tenth, tighten the rear bracket bolts. Torque — Rear Engine Bracket Bolts: 25 N·m (2.5 kgf·m, 18 ft·lb) ○Eleventh, tighten securely: Middle Engine

  • Страница 270 из 516
  • Страница 271 из 516

    CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION 9-1 Crankshaft/Transmission Table of Contents Exploded View…………………………….. Specifications ……………………………… Special Tools and Sealant …………….. Crankcase Splitting………………………. Crankcase Splitting

  • Страница 272 из 516

    9-2 CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION Exploded View

  • Страница 273 из 516

    CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION 9-3 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb Remarks 1 Breather plate bolts 10 1.0 87 in·lb L 2 Crankcase bolts (M9, L=81 mm) 42 4.3 31 MO,S 3 Crankcase bolts (M9, L=95 mm) 49 5.0 36 MO,S 4 Crankcase bolts (M8) 27 2.8 20 S 5 Crankcase bolts (M7) 20 2.0 14.5 S 6

  • Страница 274 из 516

    9-4 CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION Exploded View

  • Страница 275 из 516

    CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION 9-5 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb Remarks 1 Shift pedal mounting bolt 34 3.5 25 2 Gear positioning lever bolt 12 1.2 104 in·lb 3 Shift shaft return spring pin 29 3.0 22 L 4 Shift drum cam holder bolt 12 1.2 104 in·lb L 5 Footpeg bracket bolts 34 3.5 25 L

  • Страница 276 из 516

    9-6 CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION Specifications Item Crankshaft, Connecting Rods: Connecting rod bend Standard — Connecting rod twist — Connecting rod big end side clearance 0.13 ∼ 0.38 mm (0.0051 ∼ 0.0150 in.) 0.041 ∼ 0.071 mm (0.0016 ∼ 0.0028 in.) 34.984 ∼ 35.000 mm (1.3773 ∼ 1.3780 in.) 34.984 ∼

  • Страница 277 из 516

    CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION 9-7 Specifications Item Standard TIR 0.02 mm (0.0008 in.) or less Crankshaft runout Crankshaft main bearing insert/journal clearance 0.020 ∼ 0.044 mm (0.0008 ∼ 0.0017 in.) main journal diameter: 32.984 ∼ 33.000 mm Crankshaft (1.2986 ∼ 1.2992 in.) Marking None 32.984 ∼ 32.992

  • Страница 278 из 516

    9-8 CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION Special Tools and Sealant Bearing Puller: 57001–135 Kawasaki Bond (Silicone Sealant): 56019–120 Bearing Puller Adapter: 57001–317 Kawasaki Bond (Silicone Sealant): 92104–1063

  • Страница 279 из 516

    CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION 9-9 Crankcase Splitting Crankcase Splitting the engine (see Engine Removal/Installation • Remove chapter). the engine on a clean surface and hold the engine • Set steady while parts are being removed. • Remove: Crankshaft Sensor (see Electrical System chapter) Clutch (see

  • Страница 280 из 516

    9-10 CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION Crankcase Splitting liquid gasket to the breather plate mating surface • Apply [A] 1 to 1.5 mm (0.04 to 0.06 in.) thick, and then install the breather plate. Sealant — Three Bond: 1207B a non-permanent locking agent to the threads and • Apply tighten the bolts [A].

  • Страница 281 из 516

    CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION 9-11 Crankcase Splitting liquid gasket [A] to the mating surface of the lower • Apply crankcase half. Sealant — Kawasaki Bond (Silicone Sealant): 92104–1063 CAUTION Do not apply liquid gasket around the crankshaft main bearing inserts, and oil passage holes. • Fit the lower

  • Страница 282 из 516

    9-12 CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION Crankshaft and Connecting Rods Crankshaft Removal the crankcase (see Crankcase Splitting). • Split • Remove the crankshaft [A]. Crankshaft Installation CAUTION If the crankshaft, bearing inserts, or crankcase halves are replaced with new ones, select the bearing inserts

  • Страница 283 из 516

    CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION 9-13 Crankshaft and Connecting Rods molybdenum disulfide grease [A] to the outer sur• Apply face of the upper insert and the inner surface of the connecting rod big end. Apply molybdenum disulfide oil [B] to the inner surfaces of upper and lower bearing inserts. ○The

  • Страница 284 из 516

    9-14 CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION Crankshaft and Connecting Rods (1) Bolt Length Measurement Method Be sure to clean the bolts, nuts, and connecting rods thoroughly with a high-flash point solvent, because the new connecting rods, bolts, and nuts are treated with an anti-rust solution. • WARNING Clean

  • Страница 285 из 516

    CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION 9-15 Crankshaft and Connecting Rods (2) Rotation Angle Method If you don’t have a point micrometer, you may tighten the nuts using the “Rotation Angle Method”. Be sure to clean the bolts and nuts thoroughly with a high -flash point solvent, because the new bolts and nuts are

  • Страница 286 из 516

    9-16 CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION Crankshaft and Connecting Rods Connecting Rod Bend the connecting rod big end bearing inserts, and • Remove the connecting rod big end cap. reinstall an arbor [A] of the same diameter as the connect• Select ing rod big end, and insert the arbor through the connect- • •

  • Страница 287 из 516

    CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION 9-17 Crankshaft and Connecting Rods Connecting Rod Big End Bearing Insert/Crankpin Wear the bearing insert/crankpin [B] clearance with • Measure plastigage [A]. ○Tighten the big end nuts to the specified torque (see Connecting Rod Installation). NOTE ○Do not move the

  • Страница 288 из 516

    9-18 CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION Crankshaft and Connecting Rods Connecting Rod Big End Inside Diameter Marks None 38.000mm ∼ 38.008mm (1.4961 ∼ 1.4964 in.) 38.009 ∼ 38.016 mm (1.4964 ∼ 1.4967 in.) Big End Cap [A] Connecting Rod [B] Weight Mark, Alphabet [C] Diameter Mark (Around Weight Mark) [D]: “

  • Страница 289 из 516

    CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION 9-19 Crankshaft and Connecting Rods Crankshaft Main Bearing Insert/Journal Wear a plastigage (press gauge) [A], measure the bear• Using ing insert/journal [B] clearance. NOTE ○Tighten the crankcase bolts to the specified torque (see Crankcase Assembly). ○Do not turn the

  • Страница 290 из 516

    9-20 CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION Crankshaft and Connecting Rods the main bearing inside diameter, and mark the • Measure upper crankcase half in accordance with the inside diam- • eter. Crankcase Main Bearing Inside Diameter Marks : » » or no mark. Tighten the crankcase bolts to the specified torque

  • Страница 291 из 516

    CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION 9-21 Starter Motor Clutch Starter Motor Clutch Removal/Installation to the Alternator Rotor Removal and Installation in • Refer the Electrical System chapter. Starter Motor Clutch Assembly sure to install the one-way clutch [A] so that its flange • Be [B] fits in the holder

  • Страница 292 из 516

    9-22 CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION Transmission Shift Pedal Removal [A] the position of the shift lever [B] on the shift shaft • Mark so that it can be installed later in the same position. • Remove: Shift Lever Bolt [C] Shift Lever • Remove: Footpeg Bracket Bolts [A] Muffler Mounting Bolt [B] Footpeg

  • Страница 293 из 516

    CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION 9-23 Transmission the footpeg bracket [A]. • Install Apply non-permanent locking agent • bracketabolts [B]. Tighten: • to the footpeg Torque — Footpeg bracket Bolts: 34 N·m (3.5 kgf·m, 25 ft·lb) Muffler Mounting Bolt and Nut [C]: 29 N·m (3.0 kgf·m, 22 ft·lb) the shift lever

  • Страница 294 из 516

    9-24 CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION Transmission • Remove: Gear Positioning Lever Bolt [A] Gear Positioning Lever [B], Collar and spring External Shift Mechanism Installation the gear positioning lever [A] as shown. • Install Spring [B] • Collar [C] Bolt [D] Tighten: Torque — Gear Positioning Lever Bolt:

  • Страница 295 из 516

    CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION 9-25 Transmission Transmission Shaft Removal the crankcase (see Crankcase Splitting). • Split • Remove the drive shaft [A] and output shaft [B]. Transmission Shaft Installation to see that the set pins [A] and set rings [B] are in • Check place. the drive shaft and output

  • Страница 296 из 516

    9-26 CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION Transmission • Remove the ball bearing [A] from each shafts. Special Tools — Bearing Puller: 57001–135 [B] Bearing Puller Adapter: 57001–317 [C] • Discard the bearing. Transmission Shaft Assembly engine oil to the sliding surfaces on the transmis• Apply sion shafts,

  • Страница 297 из 516

    CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION 9-27 Transmission NOTE ○When the toothed washers [28] [29] are assembled onto the output shaft, note the following. ○When the tangs [A] of the toothed washer [29] shall be assembled, they should be installed into the notch [B] of the toothed washer [28]. ○Fit the steel balls

  • Страница 298 из 516

    9-28 CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION Transmission 1. 1st Gear 2. 2nd Gear 3. 3rd Gear 4. 4th Gear 5. 5th Gear 6. 6th (Top) Gear 7. Toothed Washer, 31 mm (1.22 in.) 8. Thrust Washer, 30 mm (1.18 in.) 9. Circlip 10. Circlip 11. Bushing 12. Bushing 13. Needle Bearing 14. Needle Bearing 15. Bearing Outer Race

  • Страница 299 из 516

    CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION 9-29 Transmission Shift Drum and Fork Installation the shift rods [A], noting the groove position. The • Install rods are identical. the one with shortest ears [B] on the drive shaft • Position and place the pin in the center groove in the shift drum [C]. ○The two forks [D]

  • Страница 300 из 516

    9-30 CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION Transmission Shift Fork/Gear Groove Wear the thickness of the shift fork ears [A], and mea• Measure width [B] of the gear grooves. sure the If the thickness of a shift fork ear is less than the service limit, the shift fork must be replaced. Shift Fork Ear Thickness

  • Страница 301 из 516

    WHEELS/TIRES 10-1 Wheels/Tires Table of Contents Exploded View………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Specifications

  • Страница 302 из 516

    10-2 WHEELS/TIRES Exploded View

  • Страница 303 из 516

    WHEELS/TIRES 10-3 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb 1 Front axle clamp bolt 20 2.0 15 2 Front axle 127 13 94 3 Rear axle nut 127 13 94 G: Apply grease. R: Replacement Parts WL: Apply soap and water solution or rubber lubricant. Remarks

  • Страница 304 из 516

    10-4 WHEELS/TIRES Specifications Item Wheels (Rims): Rim runout: Axial Radial Standard —— Axle runout/100 mm (3.94 TIR 0.05 mm (0.0020 in.) or less in.) Wheel balance Balance weights Tires: Air pressure: (when cold) Front Tread depth: Front Rear 10 g (0.35 US oz) or less 10 g (0.35 US oz), 20 g

  • Страница 305 из 516

    WHEELS/TIRES 10-5 Special Tools Bearing Driver Set: 57001–1129 Bearing Remover Head, 57001–1346 25 × Jack: 57001–1238 Bearing Remover Shaft, 57001–1377 13: 28:

  • Страница 306 из 516

    10-6 WHEELS/TIRES Wheels (Rims) Front Wheel Removal • Remove: Brake Caliper Mounting Bolts [A] • Loosen: Right Side Axle Clamp Bolt [A] Axle [B] • Raise the front wheel off the ground. Special Tool — Jack: 57001–1238 out the axle to the right and drop the front wheel out • Pull of the forks.

  • Страница 307 из 516

    WHEELS/TIRES 10-7 Wheels (Rims) • Tighten the axle. Torque — Front Axle: 127 N·m (13 kgf·m, 94 ft·lb) tightening the clamp bolt on the right front fork leg, • Before pump the front fork up and down 4 or 5 times to allow the right front fork leg to seat on the front axle. NOTE ○Put a block in front

  • Страница 308 из 516

    10-8 WHEELS/TIRES Wheels (Rims) • Remove: Caliper Mounting Bolts [A] Caliper [B] the drive chain [A] from the rear sprocket toward • Remove the left. the rear wheel back and remove the wheel from the • Move rear caliper. • Remove the rear wheel. CAUTION Do not lay the wheel on the ground with the

  • Страница 309 из 516

    WHEELS/TIRES 10-9 Wheels (Rims) • Bend the cotter pin [A] over the nut [B]. WARNING If the rear axle nut is not securely tightened or the cotter pin is not installed, an unsafe riding condition may result. the drive chain slack after installation (see Final • Adjust Drive chapter). • Check the rear

  • Страница 310 из 516

    10-10 WHEELS/TIRES Wheels (Rims) Axle Inspection inspect the front and rear axle for damages. • Visually If the axle is damaged or bent, replace it. the axle in V blocks that are 100 mm (3.94 in.) [A] • Place apart, and set a dial gauge [B] on the axle at a point halfway between the blocks. Turn

  • Страница 311 из 516

    WHEELS/TIRES 10-11 Wheels (Rims) (b) When the tire is on the rim. Pry [A] the balance weight off the rim flange using a regular tip screwdriver as shown in the figure. ○Insert a tip of the screwdriver between the tire bead [B] and weight blade [C] until the end of the tip reaches the end of the

  • Страница 312 из 516

    10-12 WHEELS/TIRES Wheels (Rims) required total weight exceeds 20 g (0.71 US oz), in• When stall balance weight at both sides of rim flange as shown. Required Total Weight: g (US oz) One Side [A] Other Side [B] 20 (0.71) 10 (0.35) 10 (0.35) 30 (1.06) 20 (0.71) 10 (0.35) 40 (1.41) 20 (0.71) 20

  • Страница 313 из 516

    WHEELS/TIRES 10-13 Tires Air Pressure Inspection/Adjustment to the Air Pressure Inspection/Adjustment in the Pe• Refer riodic Maintenance chapter. Tire Inspection to the Tire Inspection in the Periodic Maintenance • Refer chapter. Tire Removal • Remove: Wheel (see Front Wheel Removal, • Rear Wheel

  • Страница 314 из 516

    10-14 WHEELS/TIRES Tires a new valve in the rim. •○Install Remove the valve cap, lubricate the stem seal with a soap and water solution or rubber lubricant, and pull [B] the valve stem [A] through the rim from the inside out until it snaps into place. CAUTION Do not use engine oil or petroleum

  • Страница 315 из 516

    WHEELS/TIRES 10-15 Tires to see that the rim lines [A] on both sides of the tire • Check sidewalls are parallel with the rim flanges. If the rim flanges and tire sidewall rim lines are not parallel, remove the valve core. Lubricate the rim flanges and tire beads. Install the valve core and inflate

  • Страница 316 из 516

    10-16 WHEELS/TIRES Hub Bearing Hub Bearing Removal the wheel, and take out the following. • Remove Collars • Coupling (out of rear hub) Grease Seals Circlips Use the bearing remover to remove the hub bearings [A]. CAUTION Do not lay the wheel on the ground with the disc facing down. This can damage

  • Страница 317 из 516

    FINAL DRIVE 11-1 Final Drive Table of Contents Exploded View………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Specifications

  • Страница 318 из 516

    11-2 FINAL DRIVE Exploded View

  • Страница 319 из 516

    FINAL DRIVE 11-3 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb Remarks 1 Engine sprocket cover bolts 9.8 1.0 87 in·lb 2 Engine sprocket nut 127 13 94 3 Rear sprocket nut 59 6.0 43 4 Engine sprocket cover damper bolts 6.9 0.7 61 in·lb L 5 Speed sensor bolt 6.9 0.7 61 in·lb L 6 Rear axle nut 127

  • Страница 320 из 516

    11-4 FINAL DRIVE Specifications Item Standard Service Limit Drive Chain: Chain slack 20 ∼ 30 mm (0.8 ∼ 1.2 in.) 20-link length 317.5 ∼ 318.2 mm (12.50 ∼ 12.53 in.) — — 323 mm (12.7 in.) Standard chain Make ENUMA — — — Type EK525UVXL2, Endless — — — Link 112 links — — — Sprockets: Rear sprocket warp

  • Страница 321 из 516

    FINAL DRIVE 11-5 Special Tools Bearing Driver Set: 57001–1129 Jack: 57001–1238

  • Страница 322 из 516

    11-6 FINAL DRIVE Drive Chain Drive Chain Slack Inspection to the Drive Chain Slack Inspection in the Periodic • Refer Maintenance chapter. Drive Chain Slack Adjustment to the Drive Chain Slack Adjustment in the Periodic • Refer Maintenance chapter. Wheel Alignment Inspection/Adjustment to the Wheel

  • Страница 323 из 516

    FINAL DRIVE 11-7 Drive Chain EK JOINT TOOL #50 Body [A] Handlebar [B] Cutting and Riveting Pin [C] For Cutting [D] For Riveting [E] Plate Holder (A) [F] Plate Holder (B) [G] Gauge [H] [A] pin head to make it flat. • Grind Set cutting and riveting pin [B] as shown. • pin holder until it touches

  • Страница 324 из 516

    11-8 FINAL DRIVE Drive Chain plate holder (A) [A] and plate holder (B) [B] on the • Set body. plate holder (A) to link plate. • Fit Turn holder by hand until plate holder (B) touches the • otherpin link plate. pin holder by wrench clockwise until two pins of link • Turn come into groove of plate

  • Страница 325 из 516

    FINAL DRIVE 11-9 Drive Chain wrench clockwise until tip of riveting pin hits of link • Turn pin. it. • Rivet Some work for the other link pin. • staking, check the staked area of the link pin for • After cracks. the outside diameter [A] of the link pin and link • Measure plates outside width [B].

  • Страница 326 из 516

    11-10 FINAL DRIVE Sprocket, Coupling Engine Sprocket Removal • Remove: Speed Sensor [A] Connector Engine Sprocket Cover Bolts [B] Engine Sprocket Cover [C] with Speed Sensor out the bended washer [A]. • Flatten Remove the engine sprocket nut [B] and washer. • NOTE ○When loosening the engine

  • Страница 327 из 516

    FINAL DRIVE 11-11 Sprocket, Coupling Rear Sprocket Removal • Remove the rear wheel (see Wheels/Tires chapter). CAUTION Do not lay the wheel on the ground with the disc facing down. This can damage or warp the disc. Place blocks under the wheel so that the disc does not touch the ground. the rear

  • Страница 328 из 516

    11-12 FINAL DRIVE Sprocket, Coupling the grease seal with a new one. • Replace Press in the seal so that the seal surface is flush • with the end grease of the hole. ○Apply high temperature grease to the grease seal lips. Special Tool — Bearing Driver Set : 57001–1129 Coupling Installation the

  • Страница 329 из 516

    FINAL DRIVE 11-13 Sprocket, Coupling Sprocket Wear Inspection inspect the engine and rear sprocket teeth for • Visually wear and damage. If the teeth are worn as illustrated, replace the sprocket, and inspect the drive chain wear (see Drive Chain Wear Inspection). [A] Worn Tooth (Engine Sprocket)

  • Страница 330 из 516
  • Страница 331 из 516

    BRAKES 12-1 Brakes Table of Contents Exploded View…………………………….. Specifications ……………………………… Special Tool ………………………………… Brake Lever, Brake Pedal……………… Brake Lever Position Adjustment. Brake Pedal Position Inspection

  • Страница 332 из 516

    12-2 BRAKES Exploded View

  • Страница 333 из 516

    BRAKES 12-3 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb 1 Front caliper mounting bolts 25 2.5 18 2 Brake hose banjo bolt 25 2.5 18 3 Bleed valve 7.8 0.80 69 in·lb 4 Front caliper assembly bolts 22 2.2 16 5 Front brake pad pin bolt 17 1.7 12 6 Brake lever pivot bolt 1.0 0.10 9 in·lb 7 Brake

  • Страница 334 из 516

    12-4 BRAKES Exploded View

  • Страница 335 из 516

    BRAKES 12-5 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb 1 Rear master cylinder push lod locknut 18 1.8 13 2 Rear caliper mounting bolts 25 2.5 18 3 Brake hose banjo bolts 25 2.5 18 4 Bleed valve 7.8 0.80 69 in·lb 5 Rear master cylinder mounting bolts 25 2.5 18 6 Brake disc mounting bolts 27

  • Страница 336 из 516

    12-6 BRAKES Specifications Item Standard Service Limit Brake Lever, Brake Pedal: Brake lever position 5-way adjustable (to suit rider) — — — Brake lever free play Non-adjustable — — — Pedal free play Non-adjustable — — — Pedal position About 47 mm (1.85 in.) below footpeg top — — — DOT4 — — — Brake

  • Страница 337 из 516

    BRAKES 12-7 Special Tool Jack: 57001–1238

  • Страница 338 из 516

    12-8 BRAKES Brake Lever, Brake Pedal Brake Lever Position Adjustment The brake lever adjuster has 5 positions so that the brake lever position can be adjusted to suit the operator’s hand. Push the lever forward and turn the adjuster [A] to align the number with the arrow mark [B] on the lever

  • Страница 339 из 516

    BRAKES 12-9 Calipers Front Caliper Removal the banjo bolt [A] at the brake hose lower end, • Loosen and tighten it loosely. the caliper mounting bolts [B], and detach the • Unscrew caliper [C] from the disc. CAUTION Do not loosen the caliper assembly bolts [D]. Take out only the caliper mounting

  • Страница 340 из 516

    12-10 BRAKES Calipers Caliper Installation the caliper and brake hose lower end. •○Install Replace the washers on each side of hose fitting with new • ones. Tighten: Torque — Caliper Mounting Bolts (Front): 25 N·m (2.5 kgf·m, 18 ft·lb) Caliper Mounting Bolts (Rear): 25 N·m (2.5 kgf·m, 18 ft·lb)

  • Страница 341 из 516

    BRAKES 12-11 Calipers WARNING To avoid serious injury, never place your fingers or palm in front of the piston. If you apply compressed air into the caliper, the piston may crush your hand or fingers. ○Pull out the pistons by hand. the dust seals [A] and fluid seals [B]. • Remove Remove the bleed

  • Страница 342 из 516

    12-12 BRAKES Calipers the fluid seals [A] with new ones. •○Replace Apply brake fluid to the fluid seals, and install them into the cylinders by hand. Replace the dust seals [B] with new ones if they are damaged. ○Apply brake fluid to the dust seals, and install them into the cylinders by hand. •

  • Страница 343 из 516

    BRAKES 12-13 Calipers Rear Caliper Assembly • Clean the caliper parts except for the pads. CAUTION For cleaning the parts, use only disc brake fluid, isopropyl alcohol, or ethyl alcohol. • Install the bleed valve and rubber cap. Torque — Bleed Valve: 7.8 N·m (0.80 kgf·m, 69 in·lb) the fluid seal

  • Страница 344 из 516

    12-14 BRAKES Calipers Caliper Piston and Cylinder Damage inspect the piston [A] and cylinder surfaces. • Visually Replace the caliper if the cylinder and piston are badly scores or rusty. Front Caliper [B] Rear Caliper [C] Caliper Holder Shaft Wear The caliper body must slide smoothly on the

  • Страница 345 из 516

    BRAKES 12-15 Brake Pads Front Brake Pad Removal • Remove: Mounting Bolts [A] • Remove: Pad Pin Bolt [A] Pad Spring [B] Brake Pads [C] Front Brake Pad Installation the caliper pistons in by hand as far as they will go. • Push Apply • Install:silicone grease to the stopper ring [A]. • Brake Pads Pad

  • Страница 346 из 516

    12-16 BRAKES Brake Pads Rear Brake Pad Installation the caliper piston in by hand as far as it will go. • Push • Install: Brake Pads • Pad Pin Clip Install the caliper (see Caliper Installation). WARNING Do not attempt to drive the motorcycle until a full brake pedal is obtained by pumping the

  • Страница 347 из 516

    BRAKES 12-17 Master Cylinder Front Master Cylinder Removal the front brake light switch connectors [A]. • Disconnect the banjo bolt [B] to disconnect the brake hose • Remove from the master cylinder [C] (see Brake Hose Removal/In- • stallation). Remove the rear view mirror (see Steering chapter).

  • Страница 348 из 516

    12-18 BRAKES Master Cylinder Rear Master Cylinder Removal the brake hose banjo bolt [A] on the master cylin• Unscrew Brake Hose Removal/Installation). der (see off the reservoir hose lower end [B], and drain the • Pull brake fluid into a container. the master cylinder mounting bolts [C] lightly. •

  • Страница 349 из 516

    BRAKES 12-19 Master Cylinder Rear Master Cylinder Disassembly NOTE ○Do not remove the push rod clevis for master cylinder disassembly since removal requires brake position adjustment. the rear master cylinder (see Rear Master Cylin• Remove der Removal). the dust cover on the push rod out of place,

  • Страница 350 из 516

    12-20 BRAKES Brake Disc Brake Disc Removal the wheel (see Wheels/Tires chapter). • Remove • Unscrew the mounting bolts, and take off the disc. Brake Disc Installation the brake disc on the wheel so that the marked side • Install [A] faces out. a non-permanent locking agent to the threads of • Apply

  • Страница 351 из 516

    BRAKES 12-21 Brake Fluid Brake Fluid Level Inspection to the Brake Fluid Level in the Periodic Maintenance • Refer chapter. Brake Fluid Change to the Brake Fluid Change in the Periodic Mainte• Refer nance chapter. Brake Line Bleeding to the Brake Line Bleeding in the Periodic Mainte• Refer nance

  • Страница 352 из 516

    12-22 BRAKES Brake Hose Brake Hose Removal/Installation CAUTION Brake fluid quickly ruins painted or plastic surfaces; any spilled fluid should be completely wiped up immediately with wet cloth. removing the brake hose, take care not to spill the • When brake fluid on the painted or plastic parts.

  • Страница 353 из 516

    SUSPENSION 13-1 Suspension Table of Contents Exploded View………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Specifications

  • Страница 354 из 516

    13-2 SUSPENSION Exploded View

  • Страница 355 из 516

    SUSPENSION 13-3 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb Front fork clamp bolts (Upper) 8.8 0.90 78 in·lb Front fork clamp bolts (Upper): ZR1000–A2 ∼ 13 1.3 113 in·lb Front fork clamp bolts (Lower) 20 2.0 15 Front fork clamp bolts (Lower): ZR1000–A2 ∼ 30 3.1 22 3 Front fork top plugs 35

  • Страница 356 из 516

    13-4 SUSPENSION Exploded View

  • Страница 357 из 516

    SUSPENSION 13-5 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb 1 Rear shock absorber nuts (upper and lower) 34 3.5 25 2 Swingarm pivot shaft nut 127 13 94 3 Swingarm pivot shaft locknut 98 10 72 4 Rocker arm nut 34 3.5 25 5 Tie-rod nuts 59 6.0 43 G: Apply or add grease. Remarks

  • Страница 358 из 516

    13-6 SUSPENSION Specifications Item Standard Front Fork (per one unit): Fork inner tube outside diameter 41 mm (1.61 in.) Air Pressure Atmospheric pressure (Non-adjustable) Rebound damper setting 1 turns out from the fully clockwise position (only right fork leg) Fork spring preload setting (Usable

  • Страница 359 из 516

    SUSPENSION 13-7 Special Tools Oil Seal and Bearing Remover: 57001–1058 Fork Piston Rod Puller, M10 × 1.0: 57001–1298 Bearing Driver Set: 57001–1129 Front Fork Spring Compressor: 57001–1338 Jack: 57001–1238 Socket Wrench: 57001–1370 Front Fork Oil Seal Driver: 57001–1288 Hook Wrench: 57001–1539 Fork

  • Страница 360 из 516

    13-8 SUSPENSION Front Fork Rebound Damping Force Adjustment (Only Right Fork Leg) adjust the rebound damping force, turn the rebound • To damping adjuster [A] on top of the right front fork leg to the desired position. ○The standard adjuster setting for the average-build rider of 68 kg (150 lb)

  • Страница 361 из 516

    SUSPENSION 13-9 Front Fork Front Fork Removal (each fork leg) • Remove: Front Wheel (see Wheels/Tires chapter.) Front Fender (see Frame chapter.) Windshield and Bracket (see Frame chapter.) Inner Cover (see Frame chapter.) Fairing and Bracket (see Frame chapter.) Loosen the upper fork clamp bolts

  • Страница 362 из 516

    13-10 SUSPENSION Front Fork Fork Oil Change the front fork (see Front Fork Removal). •○Remove spring preload adjuster [A] counterclockwise until Turn the • the fully position. Unscrew the top plug [B] out of the inner tube. the pins [A], set the front fork spring compressor • Avoiding set [B] on

  • Страница 363 из 516

    SUSPENSION 13-11 Front Fork the fork oil into a suitable container. • Drain Remove fork spring [A]. •○Pump thethepiston rod [B] up and down at least ten times to expel the oil from the fork. the fork tube upright, press the inner tube and the • Hold piston rod all the way down. • Pour in the type

  • Страница 364 из 516

    13-12 SUSPENSION Front Fork Oil Level (fully compressed, without spring) Standard: Right fork leg 62 ± 2 mm (2.44 ± 0.08 in.) Left fork leg 47 ± 2 mm (1.85 ± 0.08 in.) (from the top of the outer tube) NOTE ○Fork oil level may also be measured using the fork oil level gauge. Special Tool — Fork Oil

  • Страница 365 из 516

    SUSPENSION 13-13 Front Fork the O-ring on the top plug and replace it with a new • Check one if damaged. the right fork leg, check the distance [C] between the • For bottom end [A] of the top plug and rebound damping adjuster [B] with a pair of vernier caliper. [C] 20 mm (0.79 in.) the top plug [A]

  • Страница 366 из 516

    13-14 SUSPENSION Front Fork ○Holding the inner tube [A] by hand, pull the outer tube [B] several times to pull out the outer tube. the inner tube guide bushing [A], outer tube • Remove guide bushing [B], washer [C], oil seal [D] from the inner tube. Front Fork Assembly the following parts with new

  • Страница 367 из 516

    SUSPENSION 13-15 Front Fork the cente ring plate on the cylinder unit. • Install Insert the cente ring plate and cylinder unit as a set into • the inner tube. • • Cylinder Unit [A] and Center Ring Plate [C] for Right Fork Leg Cylinder Unit [B] and Center Ring Plate [C] for Left Fork Leg Hold the

  • Страница 368 из 516

    13-16 SUSPENSION Front Fork Spring Tension a spring becomes shorter as it weakens, check its • Since free length [A] to determine its condition. If the spring of either fork leg is shorter than the service limit, it must be replaced. If the length of a replacement spring and that of the remaining

  • Страница 369 из 516

    SUSPENSION 13-17 Rear Shock Absorber Rebound Damping Force Adjustment adjust the rebound damping force, turn the rebound • To damping adjuster [A] to the desired position. ○The standard adjuster setting for an average-build rider of 68 kg (150 lb) with no passenger and no accessories 3/4 turns out

  • Страница 370 из 516

    13-18 SUSPENSION Rear Shock Absorber Special Tools — Hook Wrench: 57001–1539 [A] Spring Adjustment Adjuster Position 193.4 mm (7.61 in.) ↑ ↓ 183.4 mm (7.22 in.) Damping Force Weak ↑ ↓ Strong Setting Load Road Speed Soft Light Good Low ↑ ↓ Hard ↑ ↓ Heavy ↑ ↓ Bad ↑ ↓ High Rear Shock Absorber Removal

  • Страница 371 из 516

    SUSPENSION 13-19 Rear Shock Absorber • Remove the shock absorber [A] from upside. Rear Shock Absorber Installation • Tighten: Torque — Rear Shock Absorber Nuts: 34 N·m (3.5 kgf·m, 25 ft·lb) Rear Shock Absorber Inspection the rear shock absorber. • Remove Visually inspect • Smooth Strokethe

  • Страница 372 из 516

    13-20 SUSPENSION Swingarm Swingarm Removal the muffler bodies (see Engine Top End chapter.) • Remove • Raise the rear wheel off the ground with jack. Special Tool — Jack: 57001–1238 • Remove: Rear Wheel (see Wheels/Tires chapter.) Chain Cover (see Final Drive chapter.) Mud Guard (see Frame

  • Страница 373 из 516

    SUSPENSION 13-21 Swingarm Swingarm Installation plenty of grease to the ball bearing, needle bearings • Apply and grease seals, and add plenty of grease to the grease • nipple. Install the collars [A]. ○Place the right collar [A] on the • • • stopper [B] inside the frame [C]. Insert the pivot shaft

  • Страница 374 из 516

    13-22 SUSPENSION Swingarm • Remove the ball bearing and needle bearings. Special Tool — Oil Seal and Bearing Remover: 57001–1058 [A] Swingarm Bearing Installation plenty of grease to the ball bearing and needle • Apply bearings. the needle bearings so that the manufacturer’s • Install marks face

  • Страница 375 из 516

    SUSPENSION 13-23 Tie-Rod, Rocker Arm Tie-Rod Removal the muffler bodies (see Engine Top End chapter.) • Remove the side stand (see Frame chapter.) • Remove Using the jack, raise the rear wheel off the ground. • Special Tool — Jack: 57001–1238 the brake lever slowly and hold it with a band • Squeeze

  • Страница 376 из 516

    13-24 SUSPENSION Tie-Rod, Rocker Arm Rocker Arm Installation grease to the inside of the needle bearings and oil • Apply seal lips, and add grease to the grease nipple. • Tighten: Torque — Rocker Arm Bolt: 34 N·m (3.5 kgf·m, 25 ft·lb) Tie-Rod Nut: 59 N·m (6.0 kgf·m, 43 ft·lb) Rear Shock Absorber

  • Страница 377 из 516

    STEERING 14-1 Steering Table of Contents Exploded View………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Special Tools

  • Страница 378 из 516

    14-2 STEERING Exploded View

  • Страница 379 из 516

    STEERING 14-3 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb 1 Steering stem nut 27 2.75 20 2 Steering stem head bolt 108 11 80 3 Front fork clamp bolts (Upper) 8.8 0.90 78 in·lb Front fork clamp bolts (Upper): ZR1000–A2 ∼ 13 1.3 113 in·lb Front fork clamp bolts (Lower) 20 2.0 15 Front fork

  • Страница 380 из 516

    14-4 STEERING Special Tools Steering Stem Nut Wrench: 57001–1100 Steering Stem Bearing Driver: 57001–1344 Bearing Driver Set: 57001–1129 Steering Stem Bearing Driver Adapter: 57001–1345 Jack: 57001–1238

  • Страница 381 из 516

    STEERING 14-5 Steering Steering Inspection to the Steering Inspection in the Periodic Mainte• Refer nance chapter. Steering Adjustment to the Steering Adjustment in the Periodic Mainte• Refer nance chapter.

  • Страница 382 из 516

    14-6 STEERING Steering Stem Stem, Stem Bearing Removal • Remove: Windshield and Bracket (see Frame chapter.) Inner Cover (see Frame chapter.) Fairing and Bracket (see Frame chapter.) Front Wheel (see Wheels/Tires chapter.) Handlebar (see Handlebar Removal.) Steering Stem Head Bolt Plug Steering

  • Страница 383 из 516

    STEERING 14-7 Steering Stem remove the bearing outer races [C] pressed into the • To head pipe [B], insert a bar [A] into the recesses [D] of head pipe, and applying it to both recess alternately hammer it to drive the race out. NOTE ○If either steering stem bearing is damaged, it is recommended

  • Страница 384 из 516

    14-8 STEERING Steering Stem grease the lower ball bearing [A] and install it onto • Apply the stem. grease to the upper ball bearing [B] and inner race • Apply [C]. the stem [A] through the head pipe and install the • Install ball bearing [B] and inner race [C] on it. • Install the stem cap [D] and

  • Страница 385 из 516

    STEERING 14-9 Steering Stem NOTE ○Tighten the fork upper clamp bolts first, next the stem head nut, last the fork lower clamp bolts. Torque — Steering Stem Head Bolt : 108 N·m (11 kgf·m, 80 ft·lb) Front Fork Clamp Bolts (Upper): 8.8 N·m (0.90 kgf·m, 78 in·lb) 13 N·m (1.3 kgf·m, 113 in·lb):

  • Страница 386 из 516

    14-10 STEERING Handlebar Handlebar Removal • Remove: Clutch Lever Assembly [A] • Left Handlebar Switch Housing [B] Front Brake Master Cylinder [C] Right Handlebar Switch Housing [D] Handlebar Holder Bolts [E] Remove the handlebar holders [F] and then pull out the handlebar [G]. the cotter pins [A].

  • Страница 387 из 516

    STEERING 14-11 Handlebar Rear View Mirrors Removal the lower hexagonal area [A] for tightening to re• Loosen move the rear view mirror from the holder. CAUTION Do not force to tighten and/or loosen the upper hexagonal area (Adapter) [B] with a pair of spanners. Disassembly of this area is Not

  • Страница 388 из 516
  • Страница 389 из 516

    FRAME 15-1 Frame Table of Contents Exploded View………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Seats

  • Страница 390 из 516

    15-2 FRAME Exploded View

  • Страница 391 из 516

    FRAME 15-3 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb 1 Footpeg holder bolts 34 3.5 25 2 Muffler mounting nuts 29 3.0 22 3 Side stand bolt 44 4.5 33 4 Side stand switch bolt 8.8 0.9 78 in·lb G: Apply grease. Remarks

  • Страница 392 из 516

    15-4 FRAME Exploded View

  • Страница 393 из 516

    FRAME 15-5 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb 1 Windshield screws 0.35 ∼ 0.50 0.035 ∼ 0.050 3 ∼4 in·lb 2 Front fender bolts 3.9 0.4 34.7 in·lb Remarks L

  • Страница 394 из 516

    15-6 FRAME Exploded View

  • Страница 395 из 516

    FRAME 15-7 Seats Rear Seat Removal the ignition switch key into the seat lock [A], turning • Insert the key counterclockwise, pulling up on the rear of the seat [B], and pulling the seat backward. WARNING The muffler surface is hot once the engine has been started. When operating the seat lock be

  • Страница 396 из 516

    15-8 FRAME Side Covers Side Cover Removal the bolt [A]. • Remove side cover [B] evenly outward to clear the stopthe • Pull pers. Side Cover Installation the tabs [A] into the holes [B]. • Insert Install the bolt. •

  • Страница 397 из 516

    FRAME 15-9 Fairings Windshield Removal • Remove: Bolts [A] Windshield [B] Windshield Installation • Windshield Installation is the reverse of removal. Torque — Windshield Screw: 0.35 ∼ 0.50 N·m (0.035 ∼ 0.050 kgf·m, 3 ∼ 4 in·lb) Inner Cover Removal • Remove: Inner Cover Screws [A] (both side) Inner

  • Страница 398 из 516

    15-10 FRAME Fairings • Remove: Fairing Mounting Bolts [A] (both side) Headlight Connectors Fairing Installation • Fairing installation is the reverse of removal. Faring Bracket Removal • Remove: Fairing (see Fairing Removal) Turn Signal Lights (see Electrical System chapter) Meter Unit [A] (see

  • Страница 399 из 516

    FRAME 15-11 Seat Covers Seat Cover Removal • Remove: Seats Screws [A] • Push the central pin, and then remove the quick rivets [A]. the front portions [A] of the seat cover outside [B], • Pull and then remove the seat cover backward. Seat Cover Installation is reverse of removal. • Installation •

  • Страница 400 из 516

    15-12 FRAME Mud Guard Mud Guard Removal • Remove: Chain Cover (see Final Drive chapter) Bolt [A] Clamp [B] • Lift up the mud guard [A], and then pull it out backward. Mud Guard Installation • Put the projections [A] into the grommets [B].

  • Страница 401 из 516

    FRAME 15-13 Fenders Front Fender Removal • Remove: Brake Hose Clamps [A] • Bolts [B] (both side) Remove the front fender [C]. Front Fender Installation • Install the brake hose clamps to the front fender holes. Rear Fender Rear Removal • Remove: Seats Seat Cover Canister (California model only)

  • Страница 402 из 516

    15-14 FRAME Fenders • Remove: Quick Rivets [A] Rear Fender Rear [B] Rear Fender Rear Installation • Put the projection [A] into the hole [B]. the projections [A] into the holes [B]. • Put Installation is reverse of removal. •

  • Страница 403 из 516

    FRAME 15-15 Frame Cover Frame Cover Removal • Remove: Bolts [A] Frame Cover [B] (both side)

  • Страница 404 из 516

    15-16 FRAME Battery Case Battery Case Removal • Remove: Seats • Seat Cover Rear Fender Assy Side Covers Battery Left Side Screw [A] (with reserver tank) Pull out the battery case [B] backward [C]. Battery Case Installation the battery case attachments [A] at the projections [B] • Put on the frame.

  • Страница 405 из 516

    FRAME 15-17 Side Stand Side Stand Removal the rear wheel off the ground with the stand. • Raise • Remove: Muffler (both side) Exhaust pipe Side Stand Switch Bolt [A] Side Stand Switch [B] Spring [C] Side Stand Nut [D] Side Stand Bolt [E] Side Stand [F] Side Stand Installation grease to the sliding

  • Страница 406 из 516

    15-18 FRAME Frame Frame Inspection inspect the frame for cracks, dents, bending, or • Visually warp. ○If there is any damage to the frame, replace it. WARNING A repaired frame may fail in use, possibly causing an accident. If the frame is bent, dented, cracked, or warped, replace it.

  • Страница 407 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-1 Electrical System Table of Contents Parts Location……………………………… Exploded View…………………………….. Specifications ……………………………… Special Tools and Sealant …………….. Wiring Diagram (U.S.A. and Canada) Wiring

  • Страница 408 из 516

    16-2 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Fan Motor Inspection ………………. Meter, Gauge, Indicator Unit………….. Meter Unit Removal ………………… Meter, Gauge Disassembly………. Electronic Combination Meter Unit Inspection …………………….. Switches and Sensors …………………..

  • Страница 409 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-3 Parts Location [A] Starter Lockout Switch [B] Camshaft Position Sensor [C] Radiator Fan Switch [D] Starter Motor [E] Alternator [F] Speed Sensor [G] Neutral Switch [H] Side Stand Switch [I] Water Temperature Sensor [J] Battery [K] Junction Box [L] Front Brake Light Switch [M]

  • Страница 410 из 516

    16-4 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Exploded View

  • Страница 411 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-5 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb 1 Meter mounting screws 1.2 0.12 11 in·lb 2 Tail/brake light mounting screws 1.2 0.12 11 in·lb 3 License plate light mounting screws 1.2 0.12 11 in·lb 4 Front brake light switch screw 1.2 0.12 11 in·lb 5 Starter locknut switch

  • Страница 412 из 516

    16-6 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Exploded View

  • Страница 413 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-7 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb Remarks 1 Water temperature sensor 25 2.5 18 2 Spark plugs 13 1.3 115 in·lb 3 Alternator lead holding plate bolts 11 1.1 95 in·lb 4 Starter motor mounting bolts 11 1.1 95 in·lb 5 Stator motor coil bolts 11 1.1 95 in·lb 6

  • Страница 414 из 516

    16-8 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Exploded View

  • Страница 415 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-9 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb Remarks 1 Regulator/rectifier bolts 6.9 0.7 62 in·lb 2 Fuel level sensor bolts 6.9 0.7 62 in·lb 3 Side stand switch bolt 8.8 0.9 78 in·lb 4 Neutral switch 15 1.5 11 5 Speed sensor bolt 6.9 0.7 62 in·lb L 6 Speed sensor cover

  • Страница 416 из 516

    16-10 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Specifications Item Battery: Type Capacity Voltage Charging System: Type Alternator output voltage Stator coil resistance Charging voltage (regulator/rectifier output voltage) Ignition System: Crankshaft sensor resistance Crankshaft sensor peak voltage Camshaft Position

  • Страница 417 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-11 Special Tools and Sealant Hand Tester: 57001–1394 Rotor Puller, M16/M18/M20/M22 × 1.5: 57001–1216 Flywheel Puller, M38 × 1.5: 57001–1405 Flywheel and Pulley Holder: 57001–1343 Rotor Holder: 57001–1543 Needle Adapter: 57001–1457 Lead Wire-Peak Voltage Adapter: 57001–1449

  • Страница 418 из 516

    16-12 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Wiring Diagram (U.S.A. and Canada)

  • Страница 419 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-13 Wiring Diagram (U.S.A. and Canada)

  • Страница 420 из 516

    16-14 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Wiring Diagram (Australia)

  • Страница 421 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-15 Wiring Diagram (Australia)

  • Страница 422 из 516

    16-16 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Wiring Diagram (Other than U.S.A., Canada, Australia, and Malaysia)

  • Страница 423 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-17 Wiring Diagram (Other than U.S.A., Canada, Australia, and Malaysia)

  • Страница 424 из 516

    16-18 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Wiring Diagram (Malaysia)

  • Страница 425 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-19 Wiring Diagram (Malaysia)

  • Страница 426 из 516

    16-20 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Precautions There are a number of important precautions that are musts when servicing electrical systems. Learn and observe all the rules below. ○Do not reverse the battery lead connections. This will burn out the diodes on the electrical parts. ○Always check battery

  • Страница 427 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-21 Precautions Male Connectors [B]

  • Страница 428 из 516

    16-22 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Electrical Wiring Wiring Inspection inspect the wiring for signs of burning, fraying, • Visually etc. If any wiring is poor, replace the damaged wiring. Pull each connector [A] apart and inspect it for corrosion, dirt, and damage. If the connector is corroded or dirty, clean

  • Страница 429 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-23 Battery Battery Removal CAUTION Do not disconnect the battery cables or any other electrical connections when the ignition switch is ON, as this could damage the ECU (Electronic Control Unit). Never reverse the connections of the battery, this could damage the ECU. • Remove:

  • Страница 430 из 516

    16-24 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Battery CAUTION Do not remove the aluminum seal sheet [A] sealing the filler ports [B] until just before use. to see that there is no peeling, tears or holes in the • Check seal sheet on the top of the battery. the battery on a level surface. • Place Remove the seal sheet. •

  • Страница 431 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-25 Battery the seal caps [A] tightly into the filler ports until the seal • Fit caps are at the same level as the top of the battery. NOTE ○Do not hammer. Press down evenly with both hands. CAUTION Once you installed the seal caps after filling the battery, never remove it, nor

  • Страница 432 из 516

    16-26 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Battery Precautions 1) No need of topping–up No topping–up is necessary in this battery until it ends its life under normal use. Forcibly prying off the sealing plug to add water is very dangerous. Never do that. 2) Refreshing charge If an engine will not start, a horn

  • Страница 433 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-27 Battery Interchange The sealed battery can fully display its performance only when combined with a proper vehicle electric system. Therefore, replace the sealed battery only on a motorcycle which was originally equipped with the sealed battery. Be careful, if a sealed

  • Страница 434 из 516

    16-28 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Battery Terminal Voltage: 11.5 ∼ less than 12.6 V Standard Charge 0.9 A × 5 ∼ 10 h Quick Charge 4.0 A × 1.0 h Battery Terminal Voltage (V) [A] Charge Time (h) [B] CAUTION If possible, do not quick charge. If the quick charge is done due to unavoidable circumstances, do

  • Страница 435 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-29 Charging System Alternator Cover Removal • Remove: Frame Cover Bolts [A] Left Frame Cover [B] Clamp (open) [A] Alternator Lead Connector [B] For ○ California model, remove the separator. a suitable container under the alternator cover [A], • Place and remove the cover bolts

  • Страница 436 из 516

    16-30 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Charging System Stator Coil Installation a non-permanent locking agent to the stator coil • Apply bolts and tighten it. Torque — Stator Coil Bolts: 11 N·m (1.1 kgf·m, 95 in·lb) the alternator • Secure tighten the bolt. lead with a holding plate, and ○Apply a non-permanent

  • Страница 437 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-31 Charging System the starter gear [A]. • Install Again, • there. clean the crankshaft tapered portion [B] and dry the woodruff key [C] securely in the slot in the crank• Fit shaft before installing the alternator rotor. the alternator rotor [A] while turning [B] the starter •

  • Страница 438 из 516

    16-32 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Charging System a thin coat of molybdenum disulfide grease to the • Apply shaft [A], and install it and starter idle gear [B]. the alternator cover (see Alternator Cover Installa• Install tion). Alternator Inspection There are three types of alternator failures: short, open

  • Страница 439 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-33 Charging System • If there is more resistance than shown in the table, or no hand tester reading (infinity) for any two leads, the stator has an open lead and must be replaced. Much less than this resistance means the stator is shorted, and must be replaced. Using the

  • Страница 440 из 516

    16-34 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Charging System the 1st step regulator circuit test: •○Do Connect the test light and the 12 V battery to the regulator/rectifier as shown. ○Check BK1, BK2, and BK3 terminal respectively. If the test light turns on, the regulator/rectifier is defective. Replace it. If the

  • Страница 441 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-35 Charging System Charging Voltage Inspection the battery condition (see Battery section). • Check up the engine to obtain actual alternator operating • Warm conditions. the seats (see Frame chapter). • Remove Check that the ignition switch is turned off, and connect • the

  • Страница 442 из 516

    16-36 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Charging System Charging System Circuit 1. Ignition Switch 2. To Starter Circuit Relay 3. Alternator 4. Regulator/Rectifier 5. Joint Connector C 6. Battery 12 V 8 Ah 7. Main Fuse 30A 8. Load

  • Страница 443 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-37 Ignition System WARNING The ignition system produces extremely high voltage. Do not touch the spark plugs or stick coils while the engine is running, or you could receive a severe electrical shock. CAUTION Do not disconnect the battery cables or any other electrical

  • Страница 444 из 516

    16-38 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Ignition System Crankshaft Sensor Installation the crankshaft sensor lead correctly (see Cable, • Route Wire, and Hose Routing in Appendix chapter). • Tighten: Torque — Crankshaft Sensor Bolts: 5.9 N·m (0.6 kgf·m, 53 in·lb) silicone sealant [A] to the crankshaft sensor lead

  • Страница 445 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-39 Ignition System Crankshaft Sensor Resistance: 375 ∼ 565 Ω the highest resistance range of the tester, measure • Using the resistance between the crankshaft sensor leads and chassis ground. Any tester reading less than infinity (∞) indicates a short, necessitating replacement

  • Страница 446 из 516

    16-40 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Ignition System Camshaft Position Sensor Removal • Remove: Fuel Tank (see Fuel System (DFI) chapter) Camshaft Position Sensor Lead Connector [A] (disconnect) ○Push the tongue [B] upside and take out the connector from the bracket. • Remove: Camshaft Position Sensor Bolt [A]

  • Страница 447 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-41 Ignition System Camshaft Position Sensor Peak Voltage Inspection • Remove: Fuel Tank (see Fuel System (DFI) chapter) • • Camshaft Position Sensor Lead Connector [A] (disconnect) Set the hand tester [B] to the 10 V DC range. Connect the peak voltage adapter [C] to the hand

  • Страница 448 из 516

    16-42 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Ignition System the stick coil harness [A] from the bracket. • Remove Remove: • Stick Coil Connector #4 [B] (disconnect) Stick Coil #4 [C] Stick Coil Connector #3 [D] (disconnect) • Disconnect: Water Temperature Sensor Connector [A] • Left Switch Housing Connector [B] Pull

  • Страница 449 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-43 Ignition System Stick Coil (Ignition Coil together with Spark Plug Cap) Inspection the stick coils (see this chapter). • Remove Measure the primary winding resistance [A] as follows. •○Connect the hand tester between the coil terminals. ○Set the tester to the × 1 Ω range,

  • Страница 450 из 516

    16-44 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Ignition System WARNING To avoid extremely high voltage shocks, do not touch the spark plugs or tester connections. the ignition switch and the engine stop switch ON. • Turn Pushing starter button, turn the engine 4 ∼ 5 seconds • with the the transmission in neutral to

  • Страница 451 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-45 Ignition System Interlock Operation Inspection • Remove: Seats (see Frame chapter) Junction Box (see this chapter) ○Do not disconnect the connectors. 1st Check Measure the terminal voltage of the G/BK lead in the junction box connector [A] in accordance with the following

  • Страница 452 из 516

    16-46 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Ignition System IC Igniter Inspection ○The IC Igniter is built in the ECU [A]. to the Interlock Operation Inspection, Ignition • Refer System Troubleshooting Chapter and Fuel System (DFI) chapter for ECU Inspection.

  • Страница 453 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-47 Ignition System

  • Страница 454 из 516

    16-48 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Ignition System Ignition System Circuit 1. Ignition Switch 2. Engine Stop Switch 3. Starter Button 4. Spark Plugs 5. Stick Coils 6. Side Stand Switch 7. Crankshaft Sensor 8. Camshaft Position Sensor 9. Throttle Sensor 10. Neutral Switch 11. Junction Box 12. Ignition Fuse 10A

  • Страница 455 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-49 Electric Starter System Starter Motor Removal CAUTION Do not tap the starter motor shaft or body. Tapping the shaft or body could damage the motor. the mounting bolts [A]. • Remove • Pull out the starter motor [B]. back the rubber cap [A]. • Slide Remove the starter motor

  • Страница 456 из 516

    16-50 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Electric Starter System ○The brush plate [A] and brushes come off with the right–hand end cover [B]. the terminal locknut [A] and terminal bolt [B], and • Remove then remove the brush with the brush plate [C] from the right–hand end cover. Starter Motor Assembly the brush

  • Страница 457 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-51 Electric Starter System the line [A] marked on the yoke with the through bolt • Align hole [B]. Brush Inspection the length [A] of each brush. • Measure If any is worn down to the service limit, replace the carbon brush holder assembly [B] and the terminal bolt assembly [C].

  • Страница 458 из 516

    16-52 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Electric Starter System NOTE ○Even if the foregoing checks show the armature to be good, it may be defective in some manner not readily detectable with the hand tester. If all other starter motor and starter motor circuit components check good, but the starter motor still

  • Страница 459 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-53 Electric Starter System the hand tester [A] and 12 V battery [B] to the • Connect starter relay [C] as shown. Special Tool — Hand Tester: 57001–1394 If the relay does not work as specified, the relay is defective. Replace the relay. Testing Relay Tester Range: Criteria: × 1

  • Страница 460 из 516

    16-54 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Lighting System This models adopt the daylight system and have a headlight relay in the junction box. In these models, the headlight does not go on when the ignition switch and the engine stop switch are first turned on. The headlight comes on after the starter button is

  • Страница 461 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-55 Lighting System Headlight Bulb Replacement • Remove: Headlight Connector [A] Headlight Bulb Dust Cover [B] • Remove: Hook [A] Headlight Bulb [B] CAUTION When handling the quartz–halogen bulb, never touch the glass portion with bare hands. Always use a clean cloth. Oil

  • Страница 462 из 516

    16-56 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Lighting System the dust cover [A] with the arrow mark upward onto the • Fit bulb [B] firmly as shown. • Good [C] Bad [D] Arrow Mark [E] After installation, adjust the headlight aim (see this chapter). Headlight Removal/Installation • Remove: Fairing (see Frame chapter)

  • Страница 463 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-57 Lighting System • Pull the bulb [A] out of the socket [B]. CAUTION Do not turn the bulb. Pull the bulb out to prevent damage to the bulb. Do not use bulb rated for greater wattage then the specified valve. • Replace the bulb with a new one.

  • Страница 464 из 516

    16-58 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Lighting System Headlight/Tail Light Circuit (US, CA, AS) Headlight/Tail Light Circuit (Other than US, CA, AS) US: United States of America CA: Canada AS: Australia 1. Ignition Switch 2. Meter Ground 3. Alternator 4. Headlight Diodes 5. Taillight Fuse 10A 6. Headlight Fuse

  • Страница 465 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-59 Lighting System Turn Signal Light Circuit US: U.S.A. model CA: Canada model MY: Malaysia model 1. Joint Connector D 2. Meter Unit 3. Right Turn Signal Indicator Light (LED) 4. Left Turn Signal Indicator Light (LED) 5. Front Right Turn Signal Light 6. Front Left Turn Signal

  • Страница 466 из 516

    16-60 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Lighting System and turn the bulb [A] counterclockwise and remove • Push it. the new bulb [A] by aligning its upper and lower pins • Insert [B] with the upper and lower grooves [C] in the socket, and turn the bulb clockwise. ○Turn the bulb about 15° degrees. For the U.S.A.

  • Страница 467 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-61 Lighting System the new bulb [A] by aligning its upper and lower pins • Insert [B] with the upper and lower grooves [C] in the socket, and turn the bulb clockwise. CAUTION The front turn signal/running position lights use a vibration resistant bulb. Replacement of the front

  • Страница 468 из 516

    16-62 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Lighting System the bolts [A]. • Unscrew Loosen the bolts [B]. • the mounting screws [A]. • Unscrew Remove the tail/brake light (LED) [B]. •○Pull out the mount portion [C]. Tail/Brake Light (LED) Installation • Tighten the tail/brake light mounting screws. Torque —

  • Страница 469 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-63 Radiator Fan System Fan System Circuit Inspection the lead connector [A] from the radiator fan • Disconnect switch. an auxiliary wire [A], connect the radiator fan switch • Using leads. If the fan rotates, inspect the fan switch. If the fan does not rotate, inspect the

  • Страница 470 из 516

    16-64 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Radiator Fan System Radiator Fan Circuit 1. Radiator Fan 2. Radiator Fan Switch 3. Joint Connector A 4. Joint Connector D 5. Meter Ground 6. Frame Ground 7. Joint Connector B 8. Junction Box 9. Fan Fuse 10A 10. Main Fuse 30A 11. Battery 12 V 8 Ah

  • Страница 471 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-65 Meter, Gauge, Indicator Unit Meter Unit Removal • Remove: Wind Sealed (see Frame chapter) Slide • [B]. the dust cover [A] and remove the wiring connector the meter unit by taking off the mounting screws • Remove [C] with the washers. CAUTION Place the meter or gauge so that

  • Страница 472 из 516

    16-66 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Meter, Gauge, Indicator Unit Electronic Combination Meter Unit Inspection • Remove the meter unit [A]. [1] Ignition [2] Fuel Reserve Switch [3] Unused [4] Fuel Level Sensor [5] Neutral Indicator Light (LED) Ground (–) [6] FI Indicator Light (LED) Ground (–) [7] Tachometer

  • Страница 473 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-67 Meter, Gauge, Indicator Unit MODE AND RESET BUTTON Operation Check: Connect the 12 V battery and terminals in the same manner as specified in the «Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) Segments Check». Check that the display change to the ODO, TRIP, and CLOCK displays each time the

  • Страница 474 из 516

    16-68 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Meter, Gauge, Indicator Unit the HOUR setting mode, press the RESET button to • Ineffect the MINUTE setting mode. ○The minute display flashes on the display. • Press the MODE button to set the minute. the MINUTE setting mode, press the RESET button to • Inreturn to the

  • Страница 475 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-69 Meter, Gauge, Indicator Unit the oscillator is not available, the speedometer can be • Ifchecked as follows. ○Install the meter unit. ○Raise the rear wheel off the ground, using the jack. ○Turn on the ignition switch. ○Rotate the rear wheel by hand. ○Check that the

  • Страница 476 из 516

    16-70 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Meter, Gauge, Indicator Unit Water Temperature Meter Check: Connect the 12 V battery and terminals in the same manner as specified in the «Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) Segments Check». Connect the variable rheostat [A] to the terminal [8] as shown. Check that the number of

  • Страница 477 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-71 Meter, Gauge, Indicator Unit Fuel Level Gauge Inspection: Connect the 12 V battery and terminals in the same manner as specified in the “Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) Segments Check”. Connect a variable rheostat [A] to terminal [4] and [9] as shown. Check that the number of

  • Страница 478 из 516

    16-72 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Meter, Gauge, Indicator Unit the oscillator is not available, the tachometer can be • Ifchecked as follows. ○Connect the 12 V battery and terminals in the same man- ner as specified in the «Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) Segments Check». ○Using an auxiliary wire, quick open

  • Страница 479 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-73 Meter, Gauge, Indicator Unit Right and Left Turn Signal Indicator Light (LED): For Right Turn Signal Indicator Light (LED) Battery Positive (+) Terminal to Terminal [13] For Left Turn Signal Indicator Light (LED) Battery Positive (+) Terminal to Terminal [14] High Beam

  • Страница 480 из 516

    16-74 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Meter, Gauge, Indicator Unit Meter Circuit 1. Right Turn Signal Indicator Light (LED) 2. High Beam Indicator Light (LED) 3. Neutral Indicator Light (LED) 4. Oil Pressure Warning Indicator Light (LED) 5. FI Indicator Light (LED) 6. Odometer/Trip Meter/Clock/Fuel Indicator 7.

  • Страница 481 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-75 Switches and Sensors Brake Light Timing Inspection • Refer to the Brakes in the Periodic Maintenance chapter. Brake Light Timing Adjustment • Refer to the Brakes in the Periodic Maintenance chapter. Switch Inspection a hand tester, check to see that only the con• Using

  • Страница 482 из 516

    16-76 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Switches and Sensors the connector [A]. • Disconnect Remove the fan switch [B]. • the switch [A] in a container of coolant so that • Suspend the temperature–sensing projection and threaded portion • are submerged. Suspend an accurate thermometer [B] in the coolant so that

  • Страница 483 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-77 Switches and Sensors the sensor [A] in a container of coolant so that • Suspend the temperature-sensing projection [E] and threaded por- • tion [E] are submerged. Suspend an accurate thermometer [B] in the coolant. NOTE ○The sensor and thermometer must not touch the

  • Страница 484 из 516

    16-78 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Switches and Sensors • Remove: Bolts [A] Speed Sensor Cover • Remove: Bolt [A] Take • out the speed sensor [B]. the speed sensor connector [A] with the battery • Connect [B], 10 kΩ resistor [C] and hand tester [D] as shown. • Set the tester to the DC 25 V range. Special Tool

  • Страница 485 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-79 Switches and Sensors Fuel Level Sensor Inspection • Remove: Fuel Tank (see Fuel System (DFI) chapter) Open the clamps [A]. • Remove: • Bolts [B] Fuel Level Sensor [C] that the float moves up and down smoothly without • Check binding. It should go down under its own weight.

  • Страница 486 из 516

    16-80 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Switches and Sensors the test light [A] (12 V 3.4 W bulb a socket with • Connect leads) and the 12 V battery [B] to the fuel level sensor connector [C]. Connections: Battery (+) → 12 V 3.4 W Bulb (one side) 12 V 3.4 W Bulb (other side) → Blue Lead Terminal Battery (–) → BK/Y

  • Страница 487 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-81 Junction Box The junction box [A] has fuses [B], relays, and diodes. The relays and diodes can not be removed. Junction Box Fuse Circuit Inspection the seats (see Frame chapter). • Remove Remove the junction box [A]. • off the connectors [A] from the junction box [B]. • Pull

  • Страница 488 из 516

    16-82 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Junction Box Starter Circuit/Headlight Relay Inspection the junction box (see Junction Box Fuse Circuit • Remove Inspection). conductivity of the following numbered terminals • Check by connecting the hand tester and one 12 V battery to the junction box as shown. ○Refer to

  • Страница 489 из 516

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-83 Junction Box Diode Circuit Inspection the junction box. • Remove • Check conductivity of the following pairs of terminals. Diode Circuit Inspection Tester Connection 13–8, 13–9, 12–11, 12–14, 15–14, 16–14 The resistance should be low in one direction and more than ten times

  • Страница 490 из 516

    16-84 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Fuse 30A Main Fuse Removal • Remove: Right Side Cover (see Frame chapter) • 30A Main Fuse Connector [A] Pull out the main fuse [B] from the starter relay with needle nose pliers. Junction Box Fuse Removal the seats (see Frame chapter). • Remove Unlock the to lift up the lid

  • Страница 491 из 516

    APPENDIX 17-1 Appendix Table of Contents Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing …………………………………………………………………………………. Troubleshooting Guide ……………………………………………………………………………………………..

  • Страница 492 из 516

    17-2 APPENDIX Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing

  • Страница 493 из 516

    APPENDIX 17-3 Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing 1. Fixes by the left side clamp of the tank. 2. Tank drain hose passes the side cover installation under the bracket. 3. Air cleaner drain hose 4. Fuel tank drain hose 5. Cooling reserve tank hose 6. Fixes by the swingarm clamp 7. Fuel level sensor 8.

  • Страница 494 из 516

    17-4 APPENDIX Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing

  • Страница 495 из 516

    APPENDIX 17-5 Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing 1. Clutch cable 2. Meter ground 3. Clamp (Ignition switch connector) 4. Ignition switch connector 5. Inlet air pressure sensor 6. To ignition coil 7. Fan motor connector (Connect the connector on the inlet air pressure sensor.) 8. Clamp 9. To fuel pump

  • Страница 496 из 516

    17-6 APPENDIX Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing

  • Страница 497 из 516

    APPENDIX 17-7 Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing 1. Run the main harness through lower and right side of the thermostat. 2. Frame ground (with thermostat bracket) 3. Ignition switch connector 4. Meter ground (with thermostat) 5. Engine harness (Connect the harness on the cross pipe.) 6. Water

  • Страница 498 из 516

    17-8 APPENDIX Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing

  • Страница 499 из 516

    APPENDIX 17-9 Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing 1. Tail light 2. Clamp 3. Atmospheric pressure sensor 4. To ECU fuse 5. Junction Box 6. To self-diagnosis indicator terminal 7. Pickup coil and oil pressure switch 8. Fuel pump 9. Fuel level gauge and fuel reserve switch 10. To inlet air temperature

  • Страница 500 из 516

    17-10 APPENDIX Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing

  • Страница 501 из 516

    APPENDIX 17-11 Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing 1. Clamp all the wires as shown in the encircled area. 2. Meter 3. Take out the lead of the meter from the right side of the tie lap to connect with the meter. 4. Clutch cable 5. Starter cable 6. To front left turn signal light (Run the harness above the

  • Страница 502 из 516

    17-12 APPENDIX Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing

  • Страница 503 из 516

    APPENDIX 17-13 Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing 1. Clamp 2. Brake hose 3. Punch mark 4. Run the brake hose through the inside of the frame. 5. Tight the bolt to the specified torque with the stopper (for turning prevention) applied.

  • Страница 504 из 516

    17-14 APPENDIX Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing

  • Страница 505 из 516

    APPENDIX 17-15 Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing 1. Cam sensor lead (Run the lead between the convex area of cap center and bolt head to secure the coupler.) 2. Radiator fan switch lead (Run the lead through into the water hose.) 3. Cap 4. Catch cable (Run the cable through forward the water hose.) 5.

  • Страница 506 из 516

    17-16 APPENDIX Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing

  • Страница 507 из 516

    APPENDIX 17-17 Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing 1. Bend the bracket as shown to secure the lead. 2. Bend the bracket. 3. Run the lead end till it touches the boss of the crankcase. 4. Install the exterior of the lead with staking area facing downward.

  • Страница 508 из 516

    17-18 APPENDIX Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing

  • Страница 509 из 516

    APPENDIX 17-19 Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing 1. Run the hose (cap – reserve) through upside of the throttle cable. 2. Run the hose (white) through into the throttle cables. 3. Run the throttle body harness throttle upside of the hose (white) and hose (throttle – fitting). 4. Run the harness through

  • Страница 510 из 516

    17-20 APPENDIX Troubleshooting Guide NOTE ○Refer to the Fuel System chapter for most of DFI trouble shooting guide. ○This is not an exhaustive list, giving every possible cause for each problem listed. It is meant simply as a rough guide to assist the troubleshooting for some of the more common

  • Страница 511 из 516

    APPENDIX 17-21 Troubleshooting Guide Air cleaner duct loose Compression low: Spark plug loose Cylinder head not sufficiently tightened down No valve clearance Cylinder, piston worn Piston ring bad (worn, weak, broken, or sticking) Piston ring/groove clearance excessive Cylinder head warped Cylinder

  • Страница 512 из 516

    17-22 APPENDIX Troubleshooting Guide Muffler overheating: For KLEEN, do not run the engine even if with only one cylinder misfiring or poor running (Request the nearest service facility to correct it) For KLEEN, do not push-start with a dead battery (Connect another full-charged battery with jumper

  • Страница 513 из 516

    APPENDIX 17-23 Troubleshooting Guide Abnormal Engine Noise: Knocking: IC igniter in ECU trouble Carbon built up in combustion chamber Fuel poor quality or incorrect Spark plug incorrect Overheating Piston slap: Cylinder/piston clearance excessive Cylinder, piston worn Connecting rod bent Piston

  • Страница 514 из 516

    17-24 APPENDIX Troubleshooting Guide Handling and/or Stability Unsatisfactory: Handlebar hard to turn: Cable routing incorrect Hose routing incorrect Wiring routing incorrect Steering stem nut too tight Steering stem bearing damaged Steering stem bearing lubrication inadequate Steering stem bent

  • Страница 515 из 516

    MODEL APPLICATION Year Model 2003 ZR1000–A1 2004 ZR1000–A2 Beginning Frame No. JKAZRCA1□3A000001 ZRT00A–000001 JKAZRT00AAA000001 JKAZRCA1□ 4A015001 JKAZRT00AAA015001 ZRT00A–015001 □:This digit in the frame number changes from one machine to another. Part No.99924-1310-03 Printed in Japan

  • Страница 516 из 516
  • (скачивание инструкции бесплатно)

    Формат файла: PDF

    Доступность: Бесплатно как и все руководства на сайте. Без регистрации и SMS.

    Дополнительно: Чтение инструкции онлайн

    background image

    Z1000

    Motorcycle

    Service Manual

    Страница:
    (1 из 515)

    навигация

    1

    2

    3

    4

    5

    6

    7

    8

    9

    10

    11

    12

    13

    14

    15

    16

    17

    18

    19

    20

    21

    22

    23

    24

    25

    26

    27

    28

    29

    30

    31

    32

    33

    34

    35

    36

    37

    38

    39

    40

    41

    42

    43

    44

    45

    46

    47

    48

    49

    50

    51

    52

    53

    54

    55

    56

    57

    58

    59

    60

    61

    62

    63

    64

    65

    66

    67

    68

    69

    70

    71

    72

    73

    74

    75

    76

    77

    78

    79

    80

    81

    82

    83

    84

    85

    86

    87

    88

    89

    90

    91

    92

    93

    94

    95

    96

    97

    98

    99

    100

    101

    102

    103

    104

    105

    106

    107

    108

    109

    110

    111

    112

    113

    114

    115

    116

    117

    118

    119

    120

    121

    122

    123

    124

    125

    126

    127

    128

    129

    130

    131

    132

    133

    134

    135

    136

    137

    138

    139

    140

    141

    142

    143

    144

    145

    146

    147

    148

    149

    150

    151

    152

    153

    154

    155

    156

    157

    158

    159

    160

    161

    162

    163

    164

    165

    166

    167

    168

    169

    170

    171

    172

    173

    174

    175

    176

    177

    178

    179

    180

    181

    182

    183

    184

    185

    186

    187

    188

    189

    190

    191

    192

    193

    194

    195

    196

    197

    198

    199

    200

    201

    202

    203

    204

    205

    206

    207

    208

    209

    210

    211

    212

    213

    214

    215

    216

    217

    218

    219

    220

    221

    222

    223

    224

    225

    226

    227

    228

    229

    230

    231

    232

    233

    234

    235

    236

    237

    238

    239

    240

    241

    242

    243

    244

    245

    246

    247

    248

    249

    250

    251

    252

    253

    254

    255

    256

    257

    258

    259

    260

    261

    262

    263

    264

    265

    266

    267

    268

    269

    270

    271

    272

    273

    274

    275

    276

    277

    278

    279

    280

    281

    282

    283

    284

    285

    286

    287

    288

    289

    290

    291

    292

    293

    294

    295

    296

    297

    298

    299

    300

    301

    302

    303

    304

    305

    306

    307

    308

    309

    310

    311

    312

    313

    314

    315

    316

    317

    318

    319

    320

    321

    322

    323

    324

    325

    326

    327

    328

    329

    330

    331

    332

    333

    334

    335

    336

    337

    338

    339

    340

    341

    342

    343

    344

    345

    346

    347

    348

    349

    350

    351

    352

    353

    354

    355

    356

    357

    358

    359

    360

    361

    362

    363

    364

    365

    366

    367

    368

    369

    370

    371

    372

    373

    374

    375

    376

    377

    378

    379

    380

    381

    382

    383

    384

    385

    386

    387

    388

    389

    390

    391

    392

    393

    394

    395

    396

    397

    398

    399

    400

    401

    402

    403

    404

    405

    406

    407

    408

    409

    410

    411

    412

    413

    414

    415

    416

    417

    418

    419

    420

    421

    422

    423

    424

    425

    426

    427

    428

    429

    430

    431

    432

    433

    434

    435

    436

    437

    438

    439

    440

    441

    442

    443

    444

    445

    446

    447

    448

    449

    450

    451

    452

    453

    454

    455

    456

    457

    458

    459

    460

    461

    462

    463

    464

    465

    466

    467

    468

    469

    470

    471

    472

    473

    474

    475

    476

    477

    478

    479

    480

    481

    482

    483

    484

    485

    486

    487

    488

    489

    490

    491

    492

    493

    494

    495

    496

    497

    498

    499

    500

    501

    502

    503

    504

    505

    506

    507

    508

    509

    510

    511

    512

    513

    514

    515

    Оглавление инструкции

    • Страница 1 из 516
      Z1000 Motorcycle Service Manual
    • Страница 2 из 516
    • Страница 3 из 516
      Quick Reference Guide General Information 1 j Periodic Maintenance 2 j Fuel System (DFI) 3 j Cooling System 4 j Engine Top End 5 j Clutch 6 j Engine Lubrication System 7 j Engine Removal/Installation 8 j Crankshaft/Transmission 9 j Wheels/Tires Final Drive 11 j Brakes 12 j Suspension 13 j Steering
    • Страница 4 из 516
    • Страница 5 из 516
      Z1000 Motorcycle Service Manual All rights reserved. No parts of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic mechanical photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior written permission of Quality Assurance
    • Страница 6 из 516
      LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS A ABDC AC ATDC BBDC BDC BTDC °C DC F °F ft g h L ampere(s) after bottom dead center alternating current after top dead center before bottom dead center bottom dead center before top dead center degree(s) Celsius direct current farad(s) degree(s) Fahrenheit foot, feet gram(s)
    • Страница 7 из 516
      EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION To protect the environment in which we all live, Kawasaki has incorporated crankcase emission (1) and exhaust emission (2) control systems in compliance with applicable regulations of the United States Environmental Protection Agency and California Air Resources Board.
    • Страница 8 из 516
      WE RECOMMEND THAT ALL DEALERS OBSERVE THESE PROVISIONS OF FEDERAL LAW, THE VIOLATION OF WHICH IS PUNISHABLE BY CIVIL PENALTIES NOT EXCEEDING $10,000 PER VIOLATION. TAMPERING WITH NOISE CONTROL SYSTEM PROHIBITED Federal law prohibits the following acts or the causing thereof: (1) The removal or
    • Страница 9 из 516
      Foreword This manual is designed primarily for use by trained mechanics in a properly equipped shop. However, it contains enough detail and basic information to make it useful to the owner who desires to perform his own basic maintenance and repair work. A basic knowledge of mechanics, the proper
    • Страница 10 из 516
      NOTE ○This note symbol indicates points of particular interest for more efficient and convenient operation. • Indicates a procedural step or work to be done. ○Indicates a procedural sub-step or how to do the work of the procedural step it follows. It also precedes the text of a NOTE. Indicates a
    • Страница 11 из 516
      GENERAL INFORMATION 1-1 General Information 1 Table of Contents Before Servicing ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… Model
    • Страница 12 из 516
      1-2 GENERAL INFORMATION Before Servicing Before starting to perform an inspection service or carry out a disassembly and reassembly operation on a motorcycle, read the precautions given below. To facilitate actual operations, notes, illustrations, photographs, cautions, and detailed descriptions
    • Страница 13 из 516
      GENERAL INFORMATION 1-3 Before Servicing Arrangement and Cleaning of Removed Parts Disassembled parts are easy to confuse. Arrange the parts according to the order the parts were disassembled and clean the parts in order prior to assembly. Storage of Removed Parts After all the parts including
    • Страница 14 из 516
      1-4 GENERAL INFORMATION Before Servicing Tightening Sequence Bolts, nuts, or screws must be tightened according to the specified sequence to prevent case warpage or deformation which can lead to malfunction. If the specified tightening sequence is not indicated, tighten the fasteners alternating
    • Страница 15 из 516
      GENERAL INFORMATION 1-5 Before Servicing Press For items such as bearings or oil seals that must be pressed into place, apply small amount of oil to the contact area. Be sure to maintain proper alignment and use smooth movements when installing. Ball Bearing and Needle Bearing Do not remove pressed
    • Страница 16 из 516
      1-6 GENERAL INFORMATION Before Servicing Direction of Engine Rotation When rotating the crankshaft by hand, the free play amount of rotating direction will affect the adjustment. Rotate the crankshaft to positive direction (clockwise viewed from output side). Electrical Wires A two-color wire is
    • Страница 17 из 516
      GENERAL INFORMATION 1-7 Model Identification ZR1000–A1 Left Side View: ZR1000–A1 Right Side View:
    • Страница 18 из 516
      1-8 GENERAL INFORMATION General Specifications ZR1000–A1 ∼ Items Dimensions: Overall length 2 080 mm (81.9 in.) Overall width 770 mm (30.3 in.) Overall height 1 055 mm (41.5 in.) Wheelbase 1 420 mm (55.9 in.) Road clearance 145 mm (5.7 in.) Seat height 820 mm (32.3 in.) Dry mass 198 kg (410.1 lb)
    • Страница 19 из 516
      GENERAL INFORMATION 1-9 General Specifications ZR1000–A1 ∼ Items Lubrication system Engine oil: Type Viscosity Capacity Drive Train: Primary reduction system: Type Reduction ratio Clutch type Transmission: Type Gear ratios: 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th Final drive system: Type Reduction ratio Overall
    • Страница 20 из 516
      1-10 GENERAL INFORMATION General Specifications ZR1000–A1 ∼ Items Tail/brake light 12 V 0.5/3.8 W (LED) (US, CA, Cal) 12 V 0.5/5W (LED) Alternator: Type Three-phase AC Rated output 24 A/ 14 V @5 000 r/min (rpm) Specifications are subject to change without notice, and may not apply to every country.
    • Страница 21 из 516
      GENERAL INFORMATION 1-11 Technical Information – Air Inlet System Subthrottle Control System The ZR1000–A1 ∼ employs large bore throttle bodies to increase power output. However, sudden changes in throttle opening can cause hesitation and jerky throttle response with a single butterfly valve in a
    • Страница 22 из 516
      1-12 GENERAL INFORMATION Technical Information – Air Inlet System Operation The subthrottle control system consists of the subthrottle valve, subthrottle valve actuator with a stepping motor built in it, ECU, and subthrottle sensor. The subthrottle valve is built in the each throttle body. The
    • Страница 23 из 516
      GENERAL INFORMATION 1-13 Technical Information – New Ignition Interlock Sidestand Outline The New Ignition Interlock Sidestand System applied to ZR1000–A1 models that cannot function if gears are engaged and/or the sidestand is not lifted upward even though clutch lever pulled in, which differs
    • Страница 24 из 516
      1-14 GENERAL INFORMATION Technical Information – Tail/Brake Lights Employing LED Outline This model employs a tail/brake light containing 21 Light Emitting Diodes (LED). The LED emits luminous beams over a longer life span than those emitted from a traditional electric heated bulb (more than 5
    • Страница 25 из 516
      GENERAL INFORMATION 1-15 Technical Information – Tail/Brake Lights Employing LED The emitting color differs according to the materials of semi-conductors. Materials of Semi-Conductor and Emitting Color Materials of Semi-Conductor GaAsP, GaAlAs Emitting Color Red GaP Green GaN Blue Ga: Gallium As:
    • Страница 26 из 516
      1-16 GENERAL INFORMATION Technical Information — KLEEN (KAWASAKI LOW EXHAUST EMISSION SYSTEM) Since the emission regulations become more severe, Kawasaki has adopted a type of simplified KLEEN, which have no catalyst protection system, according to each regulation of different countries. The
    • Страница 27 из 516
      GENERAL INFORMATION 1-17 Unit Conversion Table Prefixes for Units: Prefix mega kilo centi milli micro Symbol M k c m µ Units of Length: × × × × × Power 1 000 000 1 000 0.01 0.001 0.000001 Units of Mass: kg g × × 2.205 0.03527 = = lb oz = = = = = = = = = gal (US) gal (imp) qt (US) qt (imp) pint (US)
    • Страница 28 из 516
    • Страница 29 из 516
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-1 Periodic Maintenance 2 Table of Contents Periodic Maintenance Chart ………….. Torque and Locking Agent…………….. Specifications ……………………………… Special Tools ………………………………. Periodic Maintenance Procedures….. Fuel
    • Страница 30 из 516
      2-2 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Chart The scheduled maintenance must be done in accordance with this chart to keep the motorcycle in good running condition. The initial maintenance is vitally important and must not be neglected. FREQUENCY Whichever comes first → ↓ OPERATION Spark plug
    • Страница 31 из 516
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-3 Periodic Maintenance Chart FREQUENCY Whichever comes first → ↓ OPERATION Clutch-adjust † Every Radiator hoses, connections — inspect † Brake fluid — change Brake master cylinder cup and dust seal — replace 2 years Coolant — change 2 years Caliper piston seal and dust seal
    • Страница 32 из 516
      2-4 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Torque and Locking Agent The following tables list the tightening torque for the major fasteners requiring use of a non -permanent locking agent or liquid gasket. Letters used in the “Remarks” column mean: L: Apply a non-permanent locking agent to the threads. G: Apply
    • Страница 33 из 516
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-5 Torque and Locking Agent Fastener Water pump drain bolt Water pipe bolts Thermostat housing ground bolt Thermostat bracket bolt Radiator upper bolts Radiator lower bolts Radiator screen bolt Coolant reserve tank screws Radiator fan switch Water temperature sensor Engine Top
    • Страница 34 из 516
      2-6 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Torque and Locking Agent Fastener Engine Lubrication: Oil filler plug Engine drain plug Oil filter (cartridge type, P/No.16097–1070) Oil filter (cartridge type, P/No.16097–0002) Oil cooler mounting bolt Oil pan bolts Oil pipe holder bolts Oil pressure relief valve Oil
    • Страница 35 из 516
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-7 Torque and Locking Agent Fastener Wheels/Tires: Front axle clamp bolt Front axle Rear axle nut Final Drive: Engine sprocket nut Engine sprocket cover bolts Engine sprocket cover damper bolt Rear sprocket nuts Speed sensor bolt Brakes: Bleed valves Front brake hose joint
    • Страница 36 из 516
      2-8 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Torque and Locking Agent Fastener Handlebar lower clamp nuts Handlebar switch housing screws Frame: Footpeg holder bolts Muffler mounting bolts Side stand bolt Side stand switch bolt Windshield screws Front fender bolts Electrical System: Spark plugs Alternator rotor bolt
    • Страница 37 из 516
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-9 Specifications Item Fuel System: Throttle grip free play Idle speed Bypass screws (turn out) Engine vacuum Air cleaner element Cooling System: Coolant: Type (recommended) Color Mixed ratio Freezing point Total amount Engine Top End: Valve clearance Inlet Exhaust Clutch:
    • Страница 38 из 516
      2-10 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Specifications Item Air pressure: (when cold) Front Rear Final Drive: Drive chain slack Drive chain (20-link length) Brakes: Brake fluid: Grade Brake pad lining thickness: Front Rear Brake light timing: Front Rear Electrical System: Spark plug gap AT: Republic of Austria
    • Страница 39 из 516
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-11 Special Tools Steering Stem Nut Wrench: 57001–1100 Pilot Screw Adjuster, C: 57001–1292 Jack: 57001–1238 Hand Tester: 57001–1394 Oil Filter Wrench: 57001–1249 Spark Plug Wrench (Owner’s Tool): 92110–1132
    • Страница 40 из 516
      2-12 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures Fuel System (DFI) Fuel Hose and Connection Inspection ○The fuel hoses are designed to be used throughout the motorcycle’s life without any maintenance, however, if the motorcycle is not properly handled, the high pressure inside the fuel
    • Страница 41 из 516
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-13 Periodic Maintenance Procedures Throttle Control System Inspection Throttle Grip Play Inspection Check the throttle grip free play [A]. If the free play is incorrect, adjust the throttle cable (see below). • Throttle Grip Free Play Standard: 2 ∼ 3 mm (0.08 ∼ 0.12 in.) the
    • Страница 42 из 516
      2-14 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures Throttle Bore Cleaning Check the throttle bore for cleanliness as follows: ○Remove the throttle body assy (see Fuel System (DFI) chapter). ○Check the main throttle valves and throttle bores [A] for carbon deposits by opening the main valves.
    • Страница 43 из 516
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-15 Periodic Maintenance Procedures Engine Vacuum Synchronization Inspection NOTE ○These procedures are explained on the assumption that the inlet and exhaust systems of the engine are in good condition. so is vertical. • Situate the motorcycle(seethat it System (DFI)
    • Страница 44 из 516
      2-16 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures the fuel tank (see Fuel System (DFI) • Installthe engine and warm it up thoroughly. chapter). Start • Check the idle speed. • Tachometer [A] If the idle speed is out of the specified range, adjust it. CAUTION Do not measure the idle speed by
    • Страница 45 из 516
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-17 Periodic Maintenance Procedures If any one vacuum measurement is out of the standard measurement after synchronization, adjust the bypass screws [A]. Front [B] Special Tool — Pilot Screw Adjuster, C: 57001-1292 the lowest • Adjust#1 and #2. vacuum between #1 and #2 to the
    • Страница 46 из 516
      2-18 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures number of turns counted • Back out the same set the screw to its originalwhen first turned in. This is to position. NOTE ○A throttle body has different “turns out” of the bypass screw for each individual unit. When setting the bypass screw,
    • Страница 47 из 516
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-19 Periodic Maintenance Procedures Air Cleaner Element Cleaning NOTE ○In dusty areas, the element should be cleaned more frequently than the recommended interval. ○After riding through rain or on muddily roads, the element should be cleaned immediately. WARNING If dirt or
    • Страница 48 из 516
      2-20 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures the lightly to loosen dust. • Cleanawayelement by tapping it by applying compressed Blow the remaining dust • air [A] from the outside to the inside (from the clean side • to the dirty side). Visually inspect the element for no tears or no
    • Страница 49 из 516
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-21 Periodic Maintenance Procedures ○Disconnect the hoses from the separator, and remove the separator [A] from the motorcycle left side. Front [B] ○Visually inspect the separator for cracks and other damage. If the separator has any cracks or damage, replace it with a new
    • Страница 50 из 516
      2-22 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures (see Fuel System (DFI) chapter). • Remove the fuel tank cap [A] in two steps. First turn the Remove the radiator • cap counterclockwise to the first stop. Then push and turn it further in the same direction and remove the cap. ○The coolant
    • Страница 51 из 516
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-23 Periodic Maintenance Procedures the • Loosen[B] air bleeder bolt [A] on the thermostat housing. Front the coolant into the radiator until the • Replenishflow out the air bleeder bolt hole (that is,coolant begins to all the • remaining air is forced out). Tap the radiator
    • Страница 52 из 516
      2-24 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures Valve Clearance Inspection NOTE ○Valve clearance must be checked and adjusted when the engine is cold (at room temperature). • Remove: Lower Fairings (see Frame chapter) Pickup Coil Cover Cylinder Head Cover (see Cylinder Head Cover Removal)
    • Страница 53 из 516
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-25 Periodic Maintenance Procedures Valve Clearance Adjustment • To change the valve clearance, remove the camshaft chain tensioner, camshafts and valve lifters. Replace the shim with one of a different thickness. NOTE ○Mark and record the valve lifter and shim locations so
    • Страница 54 из 516
      2-26 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT CHART INLET VALVE 1. 2. 3. 4. Measure the clearance (when engine is cold). Check present shim size. Match clearance in vertical column with present shim size in horizontal column. Install the shim specified where
    • Страница 55 из 516
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-27 Periodic Maintenance Procedures VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT CHART EXHAUST VALVE 1. 2. 3. 4. Measure the clearance (when engine is cold). Check present shim size. Match clearance in vertical column with present shim size in horizontal column. Install the shim specified where
    • Страница 56 из 516
      2-28 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures Clutch Clutch Adjust Inspection • Pull the clutch lever just enough to take up the free play [A]. gap between the lever and • Measure thetoo wide, the clutch may notthe lever holder. If the gap is release fully. If the gap is too narrow, the
    • Страница 57 из 516
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-29 Periodic Maintenance Procedures Engine Lubrication System Engine Oil Change the motorcycle so that it is vertical after warming • Situateengine. up the plug [A] to drain the oil. • Remove the engine drainbe drained by removing the filter ○The oil in the oil filter can •
    • Страница 58 из 516
      2-30 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures Wheels/Tires Tire Inspection As the tire tread wears down, the tire becomes more susceptible to puncture and failure. An accepted estimate is that 90 % of all tire failures occur during the last 10 % of tread life (90 % worn). So it is false
    • Страница 59 из 516
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-31 Periodic Maintenance Procedures Air Pressure Inspection/Adjustment • Remove the air valve cap. with an air pressure gauge • Measure the tire air pressure is, when the motorcycle [A] when the tires are cold (that has not been ridden more than a mile during the past 3
    • Страница 60 из 516
      2-32 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures chain adjuster locknuts securely. • Tighten bothaxle nut. Tighten the • Torque — Rear Axle Nut: 127 N·m (13 kgf·m, 94 ft·lb) chain slack • Turn the wheel, measure thenecessary. again at the tightest position, and readjust if • Insert a new
    • Страница 61 из 516
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-33 Periodic Maintenance Procedures inspect • Rotate the rear wheel topins and the drive chain for damaged rollers, and loose links. • • If there is any irregularity, replace the drive chain. Lubricate the drive chain if it appears dry. Stretch the chain taut by hanging a 98 N
    • Страница 62 из 516
      2-34 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures oil to the sides of the oil will penetrate • Apply rollers and bushings.rollers so thatto the O-rings so to the Apply the oil • that the O-rings will be coated with oil. Wipe off any excess oil. Oil Applied Areas [A] O-ring [B] Brakes Brake
    • Страница 63 из 516
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-35 Periodic Maintenance Procedures • If it does not, adjust and inspect the brake light switch. While holding the switch body, turn the adjusting nut [A] to adjust the switch. CAUTION To avoid damaging the electrical connections inside the switch, be sure that the switch body
    • Страница 64 из 516
      2-36 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures Master Cylinder Inspection (Visual Inspection) and rear master • Disassemble the frontno scratches, rustcylinders. on the there are or pitting that • Checkwall [A] of each master cylinder and on the outside inner • of each piston [B]. If a
    • Страница 65 из 516
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-37 Periodic Maintenance Procedures Level Inspection that the • Checkabovethe brake fluid level in[B]. front brake reservoir [A] is the lower level line NOTE ○Hold the reservoir horizontal by turning the handlebar when checking brake fluid level. If the fluid level is lower
    • Страница 66 из 516
      2-38 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures brake fluid • Level thethe reservoirreservoir. diaphragm. Remove cap and • Remove the rubber cap from the bleed valve [A] on the • caliper. plastic hose [B] the bleed • Attach a clear of the hose into to container. valve, and run a the other
    • Страница 67 из 516
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-39 Periodic Maintenance Procedures Brake Line Bleeding The brake fluid has a very low compression coefficient so that almost all the movement of the brake lever or pedal is transmitted directly to the caliper for braking action. Air, however, is easily compressed. When air
    • Страница 68 из 516
      2-40 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures • Bleed the brake line and the caliper:air can be seen com○Repeat this operation until no more ing out into the plastic hose. 1. Pump the brake lever until it becomes hard, and apply the brake and hold it [A]. 2. Quickly open and close [B]
    • Страница 69 из 516
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-41 Periodic Maintenance Procedures WARNING When working with the disc brake, observe the precautions listed below. 1. Never reuse old brake fluid. 2. Do not use fluid from a container that has been left unsealed or that has been open for a long time. 3. Do not mix two types
    • Страница 70 из 516
      2-42 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures Suspension Front Fork Oil Leak Check the front for oil leakage, scoring • Visually inspect the outerforks [A] of the inner tubes. or scratches on surface Replace or repair any defective parts, if necessary. Rear Shock Absorber Oil Leak Check
    • Страница 71 из 516
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-43 Periodic Maintenance Procedures Steering Steering Inspection • Lift the front wheel off the ground using the jack. Special Tool — Jack: 57001–1238 the wheel pointing straight ahead, alternately • Witheach front of the handlebar. The front wheel should tap end • swing fully
    • Страница 72 из 516
      2-44 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures • Adjust the steering. Special Tool — Steering Stem Nut Wrench: 57001–1100 [B] If the steering is too tight, loosen the stem nut [A] a fraction of a turn. If the steering is too loose, tighten the stem nut a fraction of a turn. NOTE ○Turn
    • Страница 73 из 516
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-45 Periodic Maintenance Procedures thermostat bracket • Unscrew thethe spark plug #2 or bolt [A]. #3. ○If removing • Disconnect:Connectors [A] Stick Coil Pull out the stick coil #1 [B]. • Take out the camshaft position sensor connector [C] from • the bracket. • Pull out the
    • Страница 74 из 516
      2-46 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures spark plug, preferably • Clean theclean off any abrasive in a sandblasting device, and then particles. The plug may • also be cleaned using a high-flash point solvent and a wire brush or other tool. If the spark plug center electrode [A]
    • Страница 75 из 516
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE 2-47 Periodic Maintenance Procedures General Lubrication Lubrication each part, clean off spots with • Before lubricating wipe off any grease,any rusty or grime. rust remover and oil, dirt, • Lubricate the points listed below with indicated lubricant. ○Whenever NOTE the vehicle
    • Страница 76 из 516
      2-48 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE Periodic Maintenance Procedures Nut, Bolt, and Fastener Tightness Tightness Inspection the tightness of and here. • Check to see that eachthe boltspin isnuts listedand in Also, check cotter in place good condition. NOTE ○For the engine fasteners, check the tightness of
    • Страница 77 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-1 Fuel System (DFI) Table of Contents Exploded View…………………………….. DFI Parts Location……………………….. DFI Wiring Diagram ……………………… Specifications ……………………………… Special Tools
    • Страница 78 из 516
      3-2 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) ECU Installation ……………………… ECU Power Supply Inspection….. DFI Power Source ……………………….. ECU Fuse Removal ………………… ECU Fuse Installation ……………… ECU Fuse Inspection ………………. ECU Main Relay Removal
    • Страница 79 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-3 Exploded View Clifornia Evaporative Emission Control System 1. Canister 2. Separator 3. Right fitting of throttle body #2 4. Right fitting of throttle body #3 5. Canister purge hose (green) 6. Fuel return hose (left, red) 7. Fuel tank breather hose (right, blue) 8. Separator
    • Страница 80 из 516
      3-4 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Exploded View
    • Страница 81 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-5 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb 1 Throttle cable plate bolt 6 0.6 52 in·lb 2 Throttle body cover bolts 7 0.7 61 in·lb 3 Throttle assy holder clamp bolts 2 0.2 17 in·lb 4 Choke link holder screws 2.1 0.21 18 in·lb 5 Delivery pipe screws 3.4 0.35 30 in·lb 6
    • Страница 82 из 516
      3-6 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Exploded View
    • Страница 83 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-7 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb 1 Inlet air pressure sensor bolt 12 1.2 104 in·lb 2 Water temperature sensor 25 2.5 18 3 Vehicle downsensor bolts 2 0.2 17 in·lb 4 Camshaft position sensor bolt 12 1.2 104 in·lb 5 Camshaft position sensor rotor bolt 12 1.2 104
    • Страница 84 из 516
      3-8 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) DFI Parts Location DFI: DFI Parts (this chapter) F: Front 1. Water temperature Sensor (DFI) 2. Inlet Air Pressure Sensor (DFI) 3. Injectors (DFI) 4. Fuel Pump (DFI) 5. Inlet Air Temperature Sensor (DFI) 6. Sealed Battery 7. Junction Box 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. ECU Fuse
    • Страница 85 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-9 DFI Parts Location [1], [2], [10], [13], [22] and [24] are not included.
    • Страница 86 из 516
      3-10 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) DFI Wiring Diagram
    • Страница 87 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-11 DFI Wiring Diagram Terminal Names 1. Power Supply to Sensors (inlet air pressure, atmospheric pressure, and throttle sensors) from ECU. 2. Main Throttle Sensor Signal 3. Subthrottle Sensor Signal for ECU 4. Atmospheric Pressure Sensor Signal 5. Water Temperature Sensor Signal
    • Страница 88 из 516
      3-12 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Specifications Item Digital Fuel Injection System Idle Speed Throttle Assy: Type Bore ECU (Electronic Control Unit): Make Type Usable engine speed Fuel Pressure (high pressure line): Right after Ignition switch ON After 3 sec from Ignition switch ON engine idling With Fuel
    • Страница 89 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-13 Specifications Item Detection time Output voltage Subthrottle Sensor: Input Voltage Output voltage at idle throttle opening Output voltage at full throttle opening Resistance Subthrottle Valve Actuator: Resistance Input voltage Throttle Grip and Cables Throttle grip free play
    • Страница 90 из 516
      3-14 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Special Tools Oil Pressure Gauge: 57001–125 Fuel Pressure Gauge Adapter: 57001–1417 Carburetor Drain Plug Wrench, Hex 3: 57001–1269 Needle Adapter Set: 57001–1457 Fork Oil Level Gauge: 57001–1290 Throttle Sensor Setting Adapter: 57001–1538 Hand Tester: 57001–1394 Sensor
    • Страница 91 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-15 DFI Servicing Precautions There are a number of important precautions that should be followed servicing the DFI system. ○This DFI system is designed to be used with a 12 V sealed battery as its power source. Do not use any other battery except for a 12 V sealed battery as a
    • Страница 92 из 516
      3-16 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) DFI Servicing Precautions ○To maintain the correct fuel/air mixture (F/A), there must be no inlet air leaks in the DFI system. Be sure to install the oil filler plug [A] after filling the engine oil. Clutch Cover [B] Front [C] Torque — Oil Filler Plug: 1.5 N·m (0.15 kgf·m, 13
    • Страница 93 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-17 Troubleshooting the DFI System Outline When an abnormality in the system occurs, the FI indicator LED (Light Emitting Diode) light goes on to alert the rider on the meter panel. In addition, the condition of the problem is stored in the memory of the ECU (electronic control
    • Страница 94 из 516
      3-18 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Troubleshooting the DFI System ○The DFI part connectors [A] have seals [B], including the • ECU. Join the connector and insert the needle adapters (special tool) [C] inside the seal [B] from behind the connector until the adapter reaches the terminal. Special Tool — Needle
    • Страница 95 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-19 Troubleshooting the DFI System connector • Pull eachdamage. [A] apart and inspect it for corrosion, dirt, and If the connector is corroded or dirty, clean it carefully. If it is damaged, replace it. Connect the connectors securely. Check the wiring for continuity. ○Use the
    • Страница 96 из 516
      3-20 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Troubleshooting the DFI System ○There are two ways to inspect the DFI system. One is voltage Check Method and the other is Resistance Check Method. (Voltage Check Method) ○This method is conducted by measuring the input voltage [B] to a sensor [A] first, and then the output
    • Страница 97 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-21 Troubleshooting the DFI System DFI Diagnosis Flow Chart Inquiries to Rider ○Each rider reacts to problems in different ways, so it is important to confirm what kind of symptoms the rider has encountered. ○Try to find out exactly what problem occurred under exactly what
    • Страница 98 из 516
      3-22 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Troubleshooting the DFI System Sample Diagnosis Sheet Rider name: Model: Registration No. (license plate No.): Year of initial registration: Engine No.: Date problem occurred: Frame No.: Mileage: Environment when problem occurred. Weather □ fine, □ cloudy, □ rain, □ snow, □
    • Страница 99 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-23 Troubleshooting the DFI System Poor running at low speed □ choke lever pulled out fully (push it in fully) □ very low choke speed (adjust choke cable) □ very low idle speed, □ very high idle speed, □ rough idle speed □ battery voltage is low (charge the battery) □ spark plug
    • Страница 100 из 516
      3-24 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) DFI System Troubleshooting Guide NOTE ○This is not an exhaustive list, giving every possible cause for each problem listed. It is meant as a rough guide to assist the troubleshooting for some of the more common difficulties. simply ○The ECU may be involved in the DFI
    • Страница 101 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-25 DFI System Troubleshooting Guide Symptoms or possible Causes Ignition and engine stop switches not ON Clutch lever not pulled in and gear not in neutral whether sidestand up or not Though clutch lever pulled in, sidestand up and gear not in neutral Vehicle-down sensor coming
    • Страница 102 из 516
      3-26 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) DFI System Troubleshooting Guide Symptoms or possible Causes Piston ring /groove clearance excessive Cylinder head gasket damaged Cylinder head warped No valve clearance Valve guide worn Valve spring broken or weak Valve not seating properly (valve bent, worn or carbon
    • Страница 103 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-27 DFI System Troubleshooting Guide Symptoms or Possible Causes Atmospheric pressure sensor trouble Fuel pressure too low or too high Battery voltage low Incorrect idle speed : Water temperature sensor trouble Main throttle sensor trouble Engine stalls easily : Fuel pump trouble
    • Страница 104 из 516
      3-28 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) DFI System Troubleshooting Guide Symptoms or Possible Causes Subthrottle sensor trouble Subthrottle valve actuator trouble Water temperature sensor trouble Atmospheric pressure sensor trouble Inlet air pressure sensor trouble Loose injector connectors Crankshaft sensor
    • Страница 105 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-29 DFI System Troubleshooting Guide Symptoms or Possible Causes Spark plug dirty, broken or gap maladjusted Too low fuel pressure Fuel pump trouble Main throttle sensor trouble Inlet air temperature sensor trouble Water temperature sensor trouble Atmospheric pressure sensor
    • Страница 106 из 516
      3-30 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) DFI System Troubleshooting Guide Poor Running or No Power at High Speed: Symptoms or Possible Causes Firing incorrect : Spark plug dirty, broken or maladjusted Spark plug cap trouble Spark plug cap shorted or not in good contact Spark plug incorrect IC igniter in ECU trouble
    • Страница 107 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-31 DFI System Troubleshooting Guide Symptoms or Possible Causes Actions (chapter) Fuel poor quality or incorrect (Use the gasoline Change fuel (see chapter 3). recommended in the Owner’s Manual) Spark plug incorrect Replace it with the correct plug (see chapter 16). Stick coil
    • Страница 108 из 516
      3-32 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) DFI System Troubleshooting Guide Symptoms or Possible Causes Too low fuel pressure Water temperature sensor trouble Inlet air temperature sensor trouble Actions (chapter) Inspect fuel line and fuel pump (see chapter 3). Inspect and replace (see chapter 3). Inspect and replace
    • Страница 109 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-33 Self-Diagnosis Self-diagnosis Outline The self-diagnosis system has three modes and can be switched to another mode by grounding the self-diagnosis terminal. User Mode: The ECU notifies the rider of troubles in DFI system and ignition system by lighting the FI indicator when
    • Страница 110 из 516
      3-34 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Self-Diagnosis the self-diagnosis dealer 2, and • To enter[A] the lead more than five mode [F] open [B] secground times within 2 onds [C] after the lead is first grounded, and then keep it grounded continuously [D] for more than 2 seconds. ○Count the blinks of the LED light
    • Страница 111 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-35 Self-Diagnosis
    • Страница 112 из 516
      3-36 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Self-Diagnosis How to Read Service Codes ○Service codes are shown by a series of long and short blinks of the FI indicator LED light as shown below. ○Read 10th digit and unit digit as the FI indicator LED light blinks. ○When there are a number of problems, all the service
    • Страница 113 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-37 Self-Diagnosis Service Code Table Service Code FI Indicator LED Light 11 Problems Main throttle sensor malfunction, wiring open or short Inlet air pressure sensor malfunction, wiring open or short Inlet air temperature sensor malfunction, wiring open or short Water
    • Страница 114 из 516
      3-38 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Self-Diagnosis Backups ○The ECU takes the following measures to prevent engine damage when the DFI or the ignition system parts have troubles. Service Codes Parts 11 Main Throttle Sensor 12 Inlet Air Pressure Sensor 13 14 15 21 23 24 and 25 31 32 Inlet Air Temperature Sensor
    • Страница 115 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-39 Self-Diagnosis Service Codes 51 52 53 54 62 Output Signal Usable Range or Criteria The stick coil primary Stick Coil winding must send #1 (Ignition signals (output voltage) Coil)* continuously to the ECU. The stick coil primary Stick Coil winding must send #2 (Ignition
    • Страница 116 из 516
      3-40 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Main Throttle Sensor (Service Code 11) Main Throttle Sensor Removal/Adjustment CAUTION Do not remove or adjust the main throttle sensor [A] since it has been adjusted and set with precision at the factory. Never drop the sensor, especially on a hard surface. Such a shock to
    • Страница 117 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-41 Main Throttle Sensor (Service Code 11) Output Voltage Inspection output at the main throttle sensor • Measure the way as voltagevoltage inspection, Note the in the same input • following. Disconnect the main throttle sensor (gray) [A] and connect the harness adapter [B]
    • Страница 118 из 516
      3-42 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Main Throttle Sensor (Service Code 11) Resistance Inspection switch OFF. • Turn the ignitionmain throttle sensor connector. the • Disconnect digital meter [A] to the main throttle sensor • Connect a[B]. connector • Measure the main throttle sensor resistance. Main Throttle
    • Страница 119 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-43 Inlet Air Pressure Sensor (Service Code 12) CAUTION Never drop the sensor, especially on a hard surface. Such a shock to the part can damage it. Removal • Remove: (see Fuel System chapter) Fuel Tank • Water Temperature Sensor Connector [A] Inlet Air Pressure Sensor Bolt [B]
    • Страница 120 из 516
      3-44 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Inlet Air Pressure Sensor (Service Code 12) Output Voltage Inspection NOTE ○The output voltage changes according to the local atmospheric pressure. the output voltage ECU in the • Measurevoltage inspection. at thethe following.same way as input Note Inlet Air Pressure Sensor
    • Страница 121 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-45 Inlet Air Pressure Sensor (Service Code 12) ○Turn the ignition switch ON. ○Measure the inlet air pressure sensor output voltage from various vacuum readings, while pulling the handle of the fork oil level gauge. ○Check the inlet air pressure sensor output voltage, using the
    • Страница 122 из 516
      3-46 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Inlet Air Pressure Sensor (Service Code 12) Pv = 24 ∼ 55 cmHg
    • Страница 123 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-47 Inlet Air Pressure Sensor (Service Code 12) Pv = 55 ∼ 86 cmHg Vv: Inlet Air Pressure Sensor Output Voltage (V) (Digital Meter Reading) Pv: Throttle Vacuum Pressure (absolute) Ps: Standard Atmospheric Pressure (absolute) A. ECU C. Inlet Air Pressure Sensor ID: Idling TO:
    • Страница 124 из 516
      3-48 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Inlet Air Temperature Sensor (Service Code 13) Removal/Installation CAUTION Never drop the sensor, especially on a hard surface. Such a shock to the sensor can damage it. fuel tank (see Fuel Tank Removal). • Remove thethe connector [A] from the inlet air tempera• Disconnect
    • Страница 125 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-49 Inlet Air Temperature Sensor (Service Code 13) Sensor Resistance Inspection • Remove the inlet air temperature sensor (see this section). the sensor [A] in a • Suspendheat-sensitive portioncontainer of machine oil so that the is submerged. Suspend a thermometer [B] with the
    • Страница 126 из 516
      3-50 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Water Temperature Sensor (Service Code 14) Removal/Installation CAUTION Never drop the sensor, especially on a hard surface. Such a shock to the sensor can damage it. • Remove the fuel tank (see Fuel Tank Removal). 200 mL (6.76 • Drain the coolant aboutconnector, and US oz).
    • Страница 127 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-51 Water Temperature Sensor (Service Code 14) A. ECU D. Water Temperature Sensor V. Coolant Temperature Gauge in Tachometer Sensor Resistance Inspection the water temperature sensor this • Remove the Electrical System chapter (seewatersection). Refer to for temper• ature sensor
    • Страница 128 из 516
      3-52 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Atmospheric Pressure Sensor (Service Code 15) CAUTION Never drop the sensor, especially on a hard surface. Such a shock to the sensor can damage it. NOTE ○The atmospheric pressure sensor is the same part as the inlet air pressure sensor except that the inlet air pressure
    • Страница 129 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-53 Atmospheric Pressure Sensor (Service Code 15) Output Voltage Inspection the output voltage ECU in the • Measurevoltage inspection. at thethe following.same way as input Note Digital Meter [A] ECU Connector [B] Atmospheric Pressure Sensor Output Voltage Connections to ECU
    • Страница 130 из 516
      3-54 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Atmospheric Pressure Sensor (Service Code 15) Va: Atmospheric Pressure Sensor Output Voltage (v) H: Altitude (m or feet) A. ECU E. Atmospheric Pressure Sensor ST: Standard of Sensor Output Voltage (v) UR: Usable Range of Sensor Output Voltage (v)
    • Страница 131 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-55 Crankshaft Sensor (Service Code 21) Start the engine and switch the diagnosis mode to Dealer 1 mode to know all the problem that the DFI system has at the time of self-diagnosis. If the engine cannot be started, the self-diagnosis system does not detect dynamic condition of
    • Страница 132 из 516
      3-56 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Camshaft Position Sensor (Service Code 23) Start the engine and switch the diagnosis mode to Dealer 1 mode to know all the problem that the DFI system has at the time of self-diagnosis. If the engine cannot be started, the self-diagnosis system does not detect dynamic
    • Страница 133 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-57 Speed Sensor (Service Code 24, 25) Speed Sensor Removal/Installation Switches • See the chapter. and Sensors section in the Electrical System Speed Sensor Inspection Switches • See the chapter. and Sensors section in the Electrical System Input Voltage Inspection NOTE ○Be
    • Страница 134 из 516
      3-58 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Speed Sensor (Service Code 24, 25) sensor connector [A] and connect • Disconnect the speed[B] between the harness connector the harness adapter • and speed sensor connector. Engine Sprocket Cover [C] Connect a digital meter to the harness adapter leads. Special Tool —
    • Страница 135 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-59 Vehicle-down Sensor (Service Code 31) Removal CAUTION Never drop the down-sensor, especially on a hard surface. Such a shock to the sensor can damage it. • Remove: and Vehicle-down Sensor [A] Connection Bolts and Washers [B] Front [C] Installation • The UP mark [A] of the
    • Страница 136 из 516
      3-60 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Vehicle-down Sensor (Service Code 31) • Turn the ignition switch OFF. the sensor. • Remove a digital volt meter [A] to the connector with nee• Connect set [B]. dle adapter Special Tool — Needle Adapter Set: 57001–1457 Vehicle-down Sensor Output Voltage Connections to Sensor
    • Страница 137 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-61 Vehicle-down Sensor (Service Code 31) A. ECU S. ECU Main Relay T. Ignition Switch a. ECU Fuse 15A b. Vehicle-down Sensor d. Starter Relay f. Sealed Battery j. Joint Connector B k. Main Fuse 30 A
    • Страница 138 из 516
      3-62 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Subthrottle Sensor (Service Code 32) Subthrottle Sensor Removal/Adjustment CAUTION Do not remove or adjust the subthrottle sensor [A] since it has been adjusted and set with precision at the factory. Never drop the sensor, especially on a hard surface. Such a shock to the
    • Страница 139 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-63 Subthrottle Sensor (Service Code 32) Output Voltage Inspection • Remove the throttle body assy (see Throttle Body Assy Removal). in • Measure the output voltage at the subthrottle sensorfolthe same way as input voltage inspection. Note the • lowing. Disconnect the subthrottle
    • Страница 140 из 516
      3-64 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Subthrottle Sensor (Service Code 32) Resistance Inspection switch OFF. • Turn the ignitionsubthrottle sensor connector. the • Disconnectdigital meter [A] to the subthrottle sensor con• Connect a nector [B]. • Measure the subthrottle sensor resistance. Throttle Sensor
    • Страница 141 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-65 Stick Coils (#1, #2, #3, #4: Service Code 51, 52, 53, 54) Stick Stick Stick Stick Coil Coil Coil Coil #1: #2: #3: #4: Ignition Ignition Ignition Ignition Coil (Service Coil (Service Coil (Service Coil (Service Code Code Code Code 51) 52) 53) 54) Removal/Installation CAUTION
    • Страница 142 из 516
      3-66 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Stick Coils (#1, #2, #3, #4: Service Code 51, 52, 53, 54) A. ECU M. Stick Coils N. Engine Stop Switch T. Ignition Switch X. Ignition Fuse 10 A Y. Junction Box d. Starter Relay e. Joint Connector D f. Sealed Battery k. Main Fuse 30 A
    • Страница 143 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-67 Subthrottle Valve Actuator (Service Code 62) Subthrottle Valve Actuator Removal CAUTION Do not remove the subthrottle valve actuator [A] since it has been adjusted and set with precision at the factory. Never drop the actuator , especially on a hard surface. Such a shock to
    • Страница 144 из 516
      3-68 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Subthrottle Valve Actuator (Service Code 62) Input Voltage Inspection NOTE ○Be sure the battery is fully charged. • Turn the ignition switch OFF. (see Throttle Body Assy • Remove the throttle body assy Removal). [A] and a digital meter • Connect the peak voltage adapterneedle
    • Страница 145 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-69 FI Indicator LED Light Inspection Flow Chart
    • Страница 146 из 516
      3-70 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) FI Indicator LED Light LED Light Inspection • Remove the meter unit (see Electrical System chapter). auxiliary leads, • Using twoLED light [A]. supply battery power to the FI indicator 12 V Battery [B] FI Indicator LED Light Check Connector: Meter Connector [C] (disconnected)
    • Страница 147 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-71 ECU CAUTION Never drop the ECU, especially on a hard surface. Such a shock to the ECU can damage it. ECU Identification ○Most countries have their own regulations, so each ECU has different characteristic. So, do not confuse ECU’s with each other and use only the ECU’s for
    • Страница 148 из 516
      3-72 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) ECU If the rubber protector [A] is removed, install it. ECU [B] ECU Power Supply Inspection terminals [A] of the • Visually inspect theclogged with mud orECU connectors. If the connector is dust, blow it off with compressed air. Replace the main harness if the terminals of
    • Страница 149 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-73 ECU • Check the ECU power source voltage with a digital meter [A]. ○Position the terminal in accordance with terminal numbers of ECU connectors [B] in this chapter figure. Battery [C] ECU Power Source Inspection Meter between Terminal 13 (W/Y) and Connections: Battery (–)
    • Страница 150 из 516
      3-74 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) DFI Power Source ECU Fuse Removal • Refer to the Electrical System chapter for the ECU fuse removal. ECU Fuse Installation • If a fuse fails during operation, inspect the DFI system to determine the cause, and then replace it with a new fuse of proper amperage. Refer to the
    • Страница 151 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-75 Fuel Line Fuel Pressure Inspection NOTE ○This inspection can determine which trouble the DFI system has, mechanical or electrical trouble. ○It is preferable to measure the fuel pressure while running the motorcycle just when trouble occurred in order to know symptom well. ○Be
    • Страница 152 из 516
      3-76 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Fuel Line • Start the engine, and let it idle. the engine idling. • Measure the fuel pressure with Fuel Pressure (idling) Standard: 310 kPa (3.2 kgf/cm², 46 psi) NOTE ○The gauge needle will fluctuate. Read the pressure at the average of the maximum and minimum indications. •
    • Страница 153 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-77 Fuel Line • Open the fuel tank cap [A] to lower the pressure in the tank. Front [B] • Be sure to place a piece of cloth around the fuel pump outlet hose. the fuel pump outlet hose [A] • Removethe delivery pipe [C] (see Fuelfrom the fuel pump [B] and Pump Removal). Front [D]
    • Страница 154 из 516
      3-78 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Fuel Pump Fuel Pump Removal CAUTION Never drop the fuel pump, especially on a hard surface. Such a shock to the pump can damage it. WARNING Gasoline is extremely flammable and can be explosive under certain conditions. Make sure the area is well-ventilated and free from any
    • Страница 155 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-79 Fuel Pump • Replace the fuel pump gasket [A] with a new one. • Check that the fuel pump (–) terminal [A] and band [B] are in place. • • • Front [C] Apply a non-permanent locking agent to the threads of the fuel pump bolts. Tighten the fuel pump bolts to a snug fit, following
    • Страница 156 из 516
      3-80 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Fuel Pump • Connect the hand tester (25 V DC) to the fuel pump connector [A] with needle adapter set. Front [B] Special Tools — Hand Tester: 57001–1394 Needle Adapter Set: 57001–1457 ○Measure the operating voltage with the engine stopped, and with the connector joined. Turn
    • Страница 157 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-81 Fuel Pump Fuel Pump Relay Removal CAUTION Never drop the relay, especially on a hard surface. Such a shock to the relay can damage it. cover • Remove the seat pump (see Frame chapter). of the the fuel • Removecompartment. relay [A] from the tongue storage • Disconnect the
    • Страница 158 из 516
      3-82 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Fuel Injectors Removal/Installation • Refer to the Throttle Body Assy Disassembly/Assembly. Audible Inspection • Start the engine.a screwdriver [A] to the injector [C]. Put of • Apply the tiponto your ear, and listen whether the injector the grip end is clicking or not. ○A
    • Страница 159 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-83 Fuel Injectors Output Voltage Inspection ignition OFF. • Turn the the ECUswitch ECU section). (see • Remove a digital voltmeter [A] to the ECU connector [B] Connect • with the needle adapter set [C]. Special Tool — Needle Adapter Set: 57001–1457 Injector Output Voltage
    • Страница 160 из 516
      3-84 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Fuel Injectors Injector Signal Test two test light sets • Prepare of Bulb [A]: 12 V ×with maleWterminals as shown. 3 ∼ 3.4 Rating Terminal Width [B]: 1.8 mm (0.071 in.) Terminal Thickness [C]: 0.8 mm (0.031 in.) CAUTION Do not use larger terminals than specified above. A
    • Страница 161 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-85 Fuel Injectors Injector Resistance Inspection fuel tank (see Fuel Tank Removal). • Remove thethe connector from the injector [A] (see Throt• Disconnect Disassembly/Assembly). tle Body Assy • Measure the injector resistance with the hand tester [B]. Front [C] Special Tool —
    • Страница 162 из 516
      3-86 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Fuel Injectors • Check theainjector fuel line for leakage as follows: ○Connect commercially available vacuum/pressure pump [A] to the nipple of the delivery pipe [B] with a high-pressure fuel hose [C] (both ends connected with the clamps [D]) as shown. Torque — Fuel Hose
    • Страница 163 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-87 Fuel Injectors A. ECU K. Fuel Injectors N. Engine Stop Switch T. Ignition Switch X. Ignition Fuse 10 A Y. Junction Box Z. Fuel Pump Relay (for fuel pump an injectors) d. Starter Relay e. Joint Connector C f. Sealed Battery j. Joint Connector B k. Main Fuse 30 A
    • Страница 164 из 516
      3-88 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Throttle Grip and Cables Throttle Grip Play Inspection/Adjustment Control • Refer to the Throttlechapter. System Inspection in the PeMaintenance riodic Choke Lever Operation ○Do not use the choke lever except when the engine has a starting difficulty like in cold weather (10
    • Страница 165 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-89 Throttle Body Assy Idle Speed Inspection/Adjustment the Idle • Refer to chapter .Speed Inspection in the Periodic Maintenance Throttle Bore Cleaning Control • Refer to the Throttlechapter. System Inspection in the Periodic Maintenance Engine Vacuum Inspection/Adjustment
    • Страница 166 из 516
      3-90 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Throttle Body Assy • Loosen: Assy Holder Clamp Bolts [A] Throttle Air Cleaner Duct Clamp Bolts [B] Special Tool — Carburetor Drain Plug Wrench, Hex 3: 57001–1269 • Remove: Left Side Covers (see Frame chapter) Right and Coolant Reserve Tank (see Coolant Change in the Periodic
    • Страница 167 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-91 Throttle Body Assy bolt [A] • Remove thebody frontand the throttle cable plate [B] from the throttle side. • Remove the throttle cable lower ends from the throttle pulley. • Remove:Cable Upper End (From choke lever) Choke • Choke Cable Lower End [A] Throttle Body #2 [B] After
    • Страница 168 из 516
      3-92 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Throttle Body Assy • Apply a thin coating of grease to the throttle cable upper ends. • Install the upper ends of the throttle cables in the grip (see Throttle Body Assy Removal). • Fit the projection [A] of the right switch housing into the hole [B] of the handlebar (front
    • Страница 169 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-93 Throttle Body Assy CAUTION Never drop the injector, especially on a hard surface. Such a shock to the injector can damage it. the [B]. • Pull out [A] the injectors along withfrom delivery pipepipe. If necessary, remove the injectors the delivery Replace the O-rigs of the
    • Страница 170 из 516
      3-94 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Air Cleaner Element Removal/Installation • Refer to the Air Cleaner Element Cleaning in the Periodic Maintenance chapter. Air Cleaner Oil Draining A drain hose is connected to the bottom of the air cleaner to drain water or oil accumulated in the cleaner part. Visually check
    • Страница 171 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-95 Fuel Tank Fuel Tank Removal WARNING Gasoline is extremely flammable and can be explosive under certain conditions. Make sure the area is well-ventilated and free from any source of flame or sparks; this includes any appliance with a pilot light. Do not smoke. Turn the
    • Страница 172 из 516
      3-96 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Fuel Tank piece • Be sure to place a[B]. of cloth [A] around the fuel hose pump outlet joint hose joint • While pinching thethe deliverylocks [C] with fingers, pull the joint out along pipe. Front [D] WARNING Be prepared for fuel spillage; any spilled fuel must be completely
    • Страница 173 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-97 Fuel Tank Fuel Tank Installation (see Fuel Tank Removal). • Note the above WARNING(see Appendix chapter). • Route the hoses correctly [A] are on the frame and • Check that the rubber dampers the fuel tank. Front [B] • Check that the dampers [A] are in place on the fuel tank
    • Страница 174 из 516
      3-98 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Fuel Tank Fuel Tank and Cap Inspection • Visually inspect the gasket [A] on the tank cap for any damage. • Replace the gasket if it is damaged. Check to see if the water drain pipe [B] and fuel breather pipe [C] in the tank are not clogged. Check the tank cap breather also.
    • Страница 175 из 516
      FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) 3-99 Evaporative Emission Control System Parts Removal/Installation WARNING Gasoline is extremely flammable and can be explosive under certain conditions. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Do not smoke. Make sure the area is well-ventilated and free from any source of flame or sparks;
    • Страница 176 из 516
      3-100 FUEL SYSTEM (DFI) Evaporative Emission Control System Separator Operation Test WARNING Gasoline is extremely flammable and can be explosive under certain conditions. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Do not smoke. Make sure the area is well-ventilated and free from any source of flame or sparks;
    • Страница 177 из 516
      COOLING SYSTEM 4-1 Cooling System Table of Contents Exploded View………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Coolant Flow
    • Страница 178 из 516
      4-2 COOLING SYSTEM Exploded View
    • Страница 179 из 516
      COOLING SYSTEM 4-3 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb 2 0.2 Remarks 17 in·lb 1 Radiator hose clamp screws 2 Thermostat air bleeder bolt 7.8 0.80 69 in·lb 3 Radiator fan bolts 8.3 0.85 74 in·lb 4 Water pump impeller bolt 9.8 1.0 87 in·lb 5 Water pump cover bolts 11 1.1 95 in·lb 6
    • Страница 180 из 516
      4-4 COOLING SYSTEM Coolant Flow Chart
    • Страница 181 из 516
      COOLING SYSTEM 4-5 Coolant Flow Chart 1. Drain Bolt 2. Water Pump 3. Cylinder Jacket 4. Cylinder Head Jacket 5. Thermostat Housing 6. Thermostat Air Bleeder Bolt 7. Radiator Cap 8. Radiator 9. Oil Filter 10. Outlet Hose 11. Inlet Hose 12. Oil Cooler 13. Reserve Tank 14. Reserve Tank Hose 15.
    • Страница 182 из 516
      4-6 COOLING SYSTEM Specifications Item Standard Coolant provided when shipping: Type (recommended) Permanent type of antifreeze (soft water and ethylene glycol plus corrosion and rust inhibitor chemicals for aluminum engines and radiators) Color Green Mixed ratio Soft water 50%, coolant 50%
    • Страница 183 из 516
      COOLING SYSTEM 4-7 Special Tool Bearing Driver Set: 57001–1129 Bearing Driver: 57001–382 Kawasaki Bond (Silicone Sealant): 56019–120
    • Страница 184 из 516
      4-8 COOLING SYSTEM Coolant Coolant Deterioration Inspection the left side cover • Removeinspect the coolant (seeinFrame chapter). [A] the reserve tank. • Visually[B] Front If whitish cotton-like wafts are observed, aluminum parts in the cooling system are corroded. If the coolant is brown, iron or
    • Страница 185 из 516
      COOLING SYSTEM 4-9 Coolant Pressure Testing • Remove the fuel tank (see Fuel Systema(DFI) chapter). and install • Remove the radiator cap,filler neck [B]. cooling system pressure tester [A] on the NOTE ○Wet the cap sealing surfaces with water or coolant to prevent pressure leaks. up pressure in
    • Страница 186 из 516
      4-10 COOLING SYSTEM Water Pump Water Pump Removal • Refer to Oil Pump Removal in the Engine Lubrication System chapter. Water Pump [A] Front [B] Water Pump Installation Oil Pump • Refer tochapter. Installation in the Engine Lubrication System Water Pump Inspection drainage • Check thepump
    • Страница 187 из 516
      COOLING SYSTEM 4-11 Water Pump seal, oil seal, and O • Be sure to replace the mechanicalparts will be damaged -ring with new ones because these • • • • by removal. Apply plenty of high temperature grease to the oil seal lips. Apply oil to the outer circumference of the oil seal. Press the oil seal
    • Страница 188 из 516
      4-12 COOLING SYSTEM Radiator Radiator Removal WARNING The radiator fan is connected directly to the battery. The radiator fan may start even if the ignition switch is off. NEVER TOUCH THE RADIATOR FAN UNTIL THE RADIATOR FAN CONNECTOR IS DISCONNECTED. TOUCHING THE FAN BEFORE THE CONNECTOR IS
    • Страница 189 из 516
      COOLING SYSTEM 4-13 Radiator necessary, • IfRadiator Fanremove: Bolts [A] Mounting Radiator Fan [B] Radiator Inspection • Check the radiator core.to air flow, remove them. If there are obstructions If the corrugated fins [A] are deformed, carefully straighten them. If the air passages of the
    • Страница 190 из 516
      4-14 COOLING SYSTEM Radiator • Install the cap [A] on a cooling system pressure tester [B]. NOTE ○Wet the cap sealing surfaces with water or coolant to prevent pressure leaks. pump the pressure tester • Watching the pressure gauge,the relief valve opens: the to build up the pressure until gauge
    • Страница 191 из 516
      COOLING SYSTEM 4-15 Thermostat Thermostat Removal • Remove: : Drain about 200 mL Coolant • Fuel Tank (see Fuel System (DFI) chapter) Thermostat Bracket Bolt [A] Water Temperature Sensor Connector [B] Three Water Hoses [C] Remove the thermostat housing [D]. Front [E] • Remove the screws [A], take
    • Страница 192 из 516
      4-16 COOLING SYSTEM Thermostat opening suspend the ther• To check valvecontainer temperature, raise the temperamostat [A] in a of water and ture of the water. ○The thermostat must be completely submerged and must not touch the container sides or bottom. Suspend an accurate thermometer [B] in the
    • Страница 193 из 516
      COOLING SYSTEM 4-17 Hose and Pipes Hose Installation pipes, being careful to • Install the hoses andsharp bending, kinking, follow bending direction. Avoid flattening or twisting. Run the hoses in accordance with the Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing section in the Appendix chapter. Wet the internal
    • Страница 194 из 516
      4-18 COOLING SYSTEM Radiator Fan Switch, Water Temperature Sensor CAUTION The fan switch or the water temperature sensor should never be allowed to fall on a hard surface. Such a shock to their parts can damage them. Radiator Fan Switch Removal • Drain the coolant (see Coolant Change in the
    • Страница 195 из 516
      ENGINE TOP END 5-1 Engine Top End Table of Contents Exploded View…………………………….. Specifications ……………………………… Special Tools and Sealant …………….. Clean Air System…………………………. Air Suction Valve Removal……….. Air Suction Valve
    • Страница 196 из 516
      5-2 ENGINE TOP END Exploded View
    • Страница 197 из 516
      ENGINE TOP END 5-3 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb 1 Air suction valve cover bolts 10 1.0 87 in·lb 2 Cylinder head cover bolts 10 1.0 87 in·lb 3 Camshaft cap bolts (L=45 mm) 12 1.2 104 in·lb 4 Camshaft cap bolts (L=40 mm) 12 1.2 104 in·lb 5 Cylinder head bolts (M10 new bolts) 54
    • Страница 198 из 516
      5-4 ENGINE TOP END Exploded View
    • Страница 199 из 516
      ENGINE TOP END 5-5 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb 1 Coolant Drain Plug (Cylinder) 10 1.0 87 in·lb 2 Exhaust pipe manifold holder nuts 17 1.7 12 3 Muffler body clamp bolts 17 1.7 12 4 Muffler body mounting bolts and nuts 34 35 25 5 Crankshaft sensor cover bolts 11 1.1 Remarks 95
    • Страница 200 из 516
      5-6 ENGINE TOP END Specifications Item Clean Air System: Vacuum switch valve closing pressure: Camshafts: Cam height: Exhaust Inlet Camshaft journal, camshaft cap clearance Camshaft journal diameter Camshaft bearing inside diameter Camshaft runout Cylinder Head: Cylinder compression Open → Close 45
    • Страница 201 из 516
      ENGINE TOP END 5-7 Specifications Item Valve/valve guide clearance (wobble method): Exhaust Inlet Valve seat cutting angle Valve seating surface: Width: Exhaust Inlet Outside diameter: Exhaust Inlet Valve spring free length: Exhaust Inlet Cylinder, Piston: Cylinder inside diameter Standard 0.09 ∼
    • Страница 202 из 516
      5-8 ENGINE TOP END Special Tools and Sealant Compression Gauge: 57001–221 Valve Seat Cutter, 32° 57001–1119 28: Valve Spring Compressor Assembly: 57001–241 Valve Seat Cutter, 32° 57001–1120 30: Piston Pin Puller Assembly: 57001–910 Valve Seat Cutter, 60° 57001–1123 30: Valve Seat Cutter, 45°
    • Страница 203 из 516
      ENGINE TOP END 5-9 Special Tools and Sealant Valve Spring Compressor Adapter, 57001–1202 22: Valve Seat Cutter Holder, 57001–1330 4.5: Spark Plug Wrench, Hex 16: 57001–1262 Valve Guide Reamer, 57001–1333 Fork Oil Level Gauge: 57001–1290 Valve Seat Cutter, 60° 57001–1334 Compression Gauge Adapter,
    • Страница 204 из 516
      5-10 ENGINE TOP END Clean Air System Air Suction Valve Removal • Remove: (see Fuel System (DFI) chapter) Fuel Tank Connector [A] (from Clamp [B]) Air Suction Valve Cover Bolts [C] and Clamp Air Suction Valve Cover [D] Air Suction Valve Air Suction Valve Installation air suction valve [A] • Install
    • Страница 205 из 516
      ENGINE TOP END 5-11 Clean Air System Vacuum Switch Valve Test • Remove: (see Fuel System (DFI) chapter) Fuel Tank • Vacuum Switch Valve Connect a vacuum gauge [A] and syringe [B] or fork oil level gauge to the vacuum hoses as shown. Special Tool — Fork Oil Level Gauge: 57001–1290 Air Flow [C] the
    • Страница 206 из 516
      5-12 ENGINE TOP END Cylinder Head Cover Cylinder Head Cover Removal • Remove: (see Fuel System (DFI) chapter) Fuel Tank Vacuum Switch Valve and Hoses Stick Coils (see Electrical System chapter) Air Suction Valve Covers [A] • Remove the cylinder head cover bolts [A] and take off the cover. Cylinder
    • Страница 207 из 516
      ENGINE TOP END 5-13 Cylinder Head Cover • Install the washer [A] with the metal side faces upward. • Tighten: Torque — Cylinder Head Cover Bolts [B]: 10 N·m (1.0 kgf·m, 87 in·lb)
    • Страница 208 из 516
      5-14 ENGINE TOP END Camshaft Chain Tensioner Camshaft Chain Tensioner Removal CAUTION This is a non-return type camshaft chain tensioner. The push rod does not return to its original position once it moves out to take up camshaft chain slack. Observe all the rules listed below: When removing the
    • Страница 209 из 516
      ENGINE TOP END 5-15 Camshaft, Camshaft Chain Camshaft Removal • Remove: (see Fuel System (DFI) chapter) Fuel Tank Stick Coils (see Electrical System) Cylinder Head Cover (see Cylinder Head Cover Removal) Pickup Coil Cover #1, 4 • Position the crankshaft4atPistonspiston TDC. [A] TDC mark for #1, [B]
    • Страница 210 из 516
      5-16 ENGINE TOP END Camshaft, Camshaft Chain cam parts and journals. • Apply engine oil to all be used, apply a thin coat of molybIf a new camshaft is to • denum disulfide grease to the cam surfaces. NOTE ○The exhaust camshaft has a 030 EX mark [A] and the inlet camshaft has a 030 IN mark [B]. Be
    • Страница 211 из 516
      ENGINE TOP END 5-17 Camshaft, Camshaft Chain Camshaft, Camshaft Cap Wear • Remove: Chain Guide Camshaft • • • Camshaft Cap Cut strips of plastigage to journal width. Place a strip on each journal parallel to the camshaft installed in the correct position. Measure each clearance between the camshaft
    • Страница 212 из 516
      5-18 ENGINE TOP END Camshaft, Camshaft Chain Camshaft Chain Removal • Split the crankcase (see Crankshaft/Transmission chapter). • Remove the camshaft chain [A] from the crankshaft sprocket.
    • Страница 213 из 516
      ENGINE TOP END 5-19 Cylinder Head Cylinder Compression Measurement NOTE ○Use the battery which is fully charged. up the engine • Warmthe engine. thoroughly. Stop • Remove: • Seats (see Frame chapter) Fuel Tank (see Fuel System (DFI) chapter) Stick Coils Spark Plugs Owners Tool — Spark Plug Wrench,
    • Страница 214 из 516
      5-20 ENGINE TOP END Cylinder Head Cylinder Head Removal • Drain the coolant (see Cooling System chapter). • Remove: Pipes (see Exhaust Pipe Removal) Exhaust Coolant Drain Bolt [A] (cylinder) • Remove: Head Cover (see Cylinder Head Cover ReCylinder moval) Camshaft Position Sensor (see Electrical
    • Страница 215 из 516
      ENGINE TOP END 5-21 Cylinder Head • Install: Camshaft Chain Guide [A] Front • O-ring [B] Collar [C] Tighten: Torque — Front Camshaft Chain Guide Bolt (Upper) [D]: 25 N·m (2.5 kgf·m, 18 ft·lb) Front Camshaft Chain Guide Bolt (Lower) [E]: 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 104 in·lb) • Install: Camshaft Chain Guide
    • Страница 216 из 516
      5-22 ENGINE TOP END Valves Valve Clearance Inspection • Refer to the Engine Top End in the Periodic Maintenance chapter. Valve Clearance Adjustment • Refer to the Engine Top End in the Periodic Maintenance chapter. Valve Removal • Remove the cylinder head (see Cylinder Head Removal). • Remove the
    • Страница 217 из 516
      ENGINE TOP END 5-23 Valves Valve Guide Installation • Apply oil to the valve guide outer surface before installation. the area • Heat°C (248 ∼around the valve guide hole to about 120 ∼ 150 302 °F). Drive the valve guide in from the top of the head using the • valve guide arbor. The flange stops the
    • Страница 218 из 516
      5-24 ENGINE TOP END Valves Valve Seat Inspection • Remove the valve (see Valve Removal). the valve [B] valve seating • Check the seat [C]. surface [A] between and valve ○Measure the outside diameter [D] of the seating pattern on the valve seat. If the outside diameter is too large or too small,
    • Страница 219 из 516
      ENGINE TOP END 5-25 Valves Seat Cutter Operation Care: 1. This valve seat cutter is developed to grind the valve for repair. Therefore the cutter must not be used for other purposes than seat repair. 2. Do not drop or shock the valve seat cutter, or the diamond particles may fall off. 3. Do not
    • Страница 220 из 516
      5-26 ENGINE TOP END Valves • Measure the outside diameter of the seating surface with a vernier caliper. If the outside diameter of the seating surface is too small, repeat the 45° grind until the diameter is within the specified range. Widened Width [A] of engagement by machining with 45° cutter
    • Страница 221 из 516
      ENGINE TOP END 5-27 Valves If the seat width is too wide, make the 60° [A] grind described below. If the seat width is within the specified range, lap the valve to the seat as described below. Grind the seat at a 60° angle until the seat width is within the specified range. ○To make the 60° grind,
    • Страница 222 из 516
      5-28 ENGINE TOP END Valves
    • Страница 223 из 516
      ENGINE TOP END 5-29 Cylinder, Pistons Cylinder Removal • Remove: Head (see Cylinder Head Removal) Cylinder • Water Hose [A] Remove the cylinder [B]. Cylinder Installation NOTE ○If a new cylinder is used, use new piston ring. the pins [A] • Install engine oil toand new cylinder gasket [B]. the
    • Страница 224 из 516
      5-30 ENGINE TOP END Cylinder, Pistons • Remove the piston pins. Special Tool — Piston Pin Puller Assembly: 57001–910 [A] • Remove the pistons. the ring opening your thumbs and • Carefully spreadthe opposite side ofwith ring [A] to remove then push up on the • it. Remove the 3-piece oil ring with
    • Страница 225 из 516
      ENGINE TOP END 5-31 Cylinder, Pistons NOTE ○If a new piston is used, use new piston ring. the piston with its hollow facing • Installnew piston pin snap ring into theforward.the piston side of Fit a • so that the ring opening [A] does not coincide with the slit [B] of the piston pin hole. ○Apply
    • Страница 226 из 516
      5-32 ENGINE TOP END Cylinder, Pistons Piston Ring Groove Width groove width. • Measure the piston ringseveral points around the piston. caliper at ○Use a vernier Piston Ring Groove Width Standard Top [A] 0.83 ∼ 0.85 mm (0.0327 ∼ 0.0335 in.) 0.82 ∼ 0.84 mm Second [B] (0.0323 ∼ 0.0331 in.) Service
    • Страница 227 из 516
      ENGINE TOP END 5-33 Throttle Body Holder Throttle Body Holder Installation install • Be sure toclampsthe O-rings [A]. so that its hole fit on [B] as shown • Install the [C] of the holder. and the projection • Tighten: Torque — Throttle Body Holder Bolts [D]: 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 104 in·lb) Throttle
    • Страница 228 из 516
      5-34 ENGINE TOP END Muffler WARNING To avoid a serious burn, do not remove the mufflers when the engine is still hot. Wait until the mufflers cool down. Muffler Body Removal • Remove:Body Clamp Bolts [A] Muffler Muffler Body Mounting Bolts [B] Muffler Body [C] Exhaust Pipe Removal • Remove:Body
    • Страница 229 из 516
      ENGINE TOP END 5-35 Muffler ○Install the muffler body clamp bolts as shown. [L] Upper Side [M] Inside [N] Connection Part Detail up the engine, wait until the • Thoroughly warmretighten all the bolts and nuts. engine cools down, and
    • Страница 230 из 516
    • Страница 231 из 516
      CLUTCH 6-1 Clutch Table of Contents Exploded View………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Specifications
    • Страница 232 из 516
      6-2 CLUTCH Exploded View
    • Страница 233 из 516
      CLUTCH 6-3 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb 1 Clutch lever clamp bolts 7.9 0.8 69 in·lb 2 Clutch cover bolts (L = 32 mm) 11 1.1 95 in·lb 3 Clutch cover bolts (L = 45 mm) 11 1.1 95 in·lb 4 Clutch cover bolts (L = 30 mm) 11 1.1 95 in·lb 5 Clutch cover bolts 11 1.1 95 in·lb 6 Oil
    • Страница 234 из 516
      6-4 CLUTCH Specifications Item Standard Service Limit 2 ∼ 3 mm (0.08 ∼ 0.12 in.) — — — Clutch plate assembly 48.4 ∼ 49.0 mm (1.91 ∼ 1.93 in.) — — — Friction plate thickness 2.72 ∼ 2.88 mm (0.107 ∼ 0.113 in.) 2.4 mm (0.094 in.) Friction and steel plate warp 0.2 mm (0.008 in.) or less 0.3 mm (0.012
    • Страница 235 из 516
      CLUTCH 6-5 Special Tools and Sealant Inside Circlip Pliers: 57001–143 Clutch Holder: 57001–1243 Kawasaki Bond (Silicone Sealant): 56019–120
    • Страница 236 из 516
      6-6 CLUTCH Clutch Lever and Cable Clutch Lever Free Play Inspection • Refer to the Clutch Adjust Inspection in the Periodic Maintenance chapter. Clutch Lever Free Play Adjustment • Refer to the Clutch Adjust Inspection in the Periodic Maintenance chapter. Cable Removal • Slide the dust cover [A] at
    • Страница 237 из 516
      CLUTCH 6-7 Clutch Cover Clutch Cover Removal • Remove:Oil (drain, see Engine Oil Change section in the Engine Periodic Maintenance chapter) Clutch Cable Lower End [A] Clutch Cover Mounting Bolts [B] Clutch Cable Bracket [C] release lever [A] toward • Turn thethe clutch cover [B]. the rear as shown,
    • Страница 238 из 516
      6-8 CLUTCH Clutch Cover [A] • Fit the springfrom as shown. [B] Viewed Rear [C] Release Shaft [D] Clutch Cover Clutch Cover Disassembly • Remove: [A] Oil Seal Needle Bearings • Remove:[A] Circlip Special Tool — Inside Circlip Pliers [B]: 57001–143 • Remove: Gauge [C] Oil Level Clutch Cover Assembly
    • Страница 239 из 516
      CLUTCH 6-9 Clutch Clutch Removal • Remove:Oil (drain, see Engine Oil Change section in the Engine Periodic Maintenance chapter) Clutch Cover (see Clutch Cover Removal) Clutch Spring Bolts [A] Clutch Springs Clutch Spring Plate [B] (with thrust bearing and pusher [C]) • Remove: Plates, Steel Plates
    • Страница 240 из 516
      6-10 CLUTCH Clutch ○Install the spacer [A] so that the tapered side [B] faces inward. ○Install the washer [A] so that the OUT SIDE mark faces outward. ○Replace the clutch hub nut with a new one. ○Holding the clutch hub, tighten the clutch hub nut. Special Tool — Clutch Holder: 57001–1243 Torque —
    • Страница 241 из 516
      CLUTCH 6-11 Clutch • Apply molybdenum disulfide grease to the pusher ends [A] and install the pusher [B]. the • Apply engine oil to[D]. needle bearing [C] and install it. Install the washer • of the clutch • Align the mark [A]clutch hub. spring plate [B] with the groove [C] of the • Install the
    • Страница 242 из 516
      6-12 CLUTCH Clutch Clutch Plate Assembly Adjustment then re• Inspect the clutch plate assembly length, andwithin the steel plate(s) which brings the length place the • • specified range. Remove: Spring Bolts Spring Holders Springs Spring Plate Replace the following steel plate(s). Part No.
    • Страница 243 из 516
      ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM 7-1 Engine Lubrication System Table of Contents Exploded View………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Engine Oil Flow
    • Страница 244 из 516
      7-2 ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM Exploded View
    • Страница 245 из 516
      ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM 7-3 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb Remarks 1 Oil filler plug 1.5 0.15 13 in·lb 2 Engine drain plug 20 2.0 14.5 3 Oil filter (cartridge type, P/No. 16097–1070) 26 2.7 20 EO, R 3 Oil filter (cartridge type, P/No. 16097–0002) 31 3.2 23 EO, R 4 Oil cooler
    • Страница 246 из 516
      7-4 ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM Engine Oil Flow Chart
    • Страница 247 из 516
      ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM 7-5 Engine Oil Flow Chart 1. Camshaft Oil Passage 2. Oil Passage Hole in Alternator Rotor Bolt 3. Starter Clutch Oil Passage Hole 4. Main Oil Passage 5. Crankshaft Oil Passage 6. Oil Filter 7. Oil Cooler 8. Oil Pressure Switch 9. Oil Pipe 10. Oil Pump 11. To Drive Shaft
    • Страница 248 из 516
      7-6 ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM Specifications Item Standard Engine Oil: Type API SE, SF or SG API SH or SJ with JASO MA Viscosity SAE 10W-40 Capacity: 3.1 L (3.3 US gt) (when filter is not removed) 3.3 L (3.5 US gt) (when filter is removed) 3.8 L (4.0 US gt) (when engine is completely dry) Level
    • Страница 249 из 516
      ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM 7-7 Special Tools and Sealant Oil Pressure Gauge, 10 kgf/cm²: 57001–164 Kawasaki Bond (Silicone Sealant): 56019–120 Oil Pressure Gauge Adapter, PT3/8: 57001–1233 Oil Filter Wrench: 57001–1249
    • Страница 250 из 516
      7-8 ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM Engine Oil and Oil Filter WARNING Motorcycle operation with insufficient, deteriorated, or contaminated engine oil will cause accelerated wear and may result in engine or transmission seizure, accident, and injury. Oil Level Inspection the engine oil • Check that[B]
    • Страница 251 из 516
      ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM 7-9 Oil Pan Oil Pan Removal • Remove:Oil (drain, see Periodic Maintenance chapter) Engine Muffler (see Engine Top End chapter) Oil Pan Bolts [A] Oil Pan [B] ○Remove the oil pipe [A], oil pressure relief valve [B] and oil screen [C] as necessary. Oil Pan Installation the
    • Страница 252 из 516
      7-10 ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM Oil Pressure Relief Valve Oil Pressure Relief Valve Removal • See Oil Pan Removal. Oil Pressure Relief Valve Installation • See Oil Pan Installation. Oil Pressure Relief Valve Inspection if the valve [A] smoothly when push• Check to see wooden or otherslidesrod, and
    • Страница 253 из 516
      ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM 7-11 Oil Pump Oil Pump Removal • Drain: (see Periodic Maintenance chapter) Coolant • Engine Oil (see Periodic Maintenance chapter) Remove: Water Hose [A] Water Pipe Fitting Bolts [B] Water Pipes [C] • Remove: Cover Bolts [A] Water Pump Clamp [B] Water Pump Cover [C] •
    • Страница 254 из 516
      7-12 ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM Oil Pump • Fit the pin [A] of the oil pump cover [B] into the hole [C] in the crankcase. • Install:[A] Pins Water Pump Body [B] • Install: [A] and Bolt [B] Impeller • Tighten: Torque — Water Pump Impeller Bolt: 10 N·m (1.0 kgf·m, 87 in·lb) • Install:[C] Pins Water
    • Страница 255 из 516
      ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM 7-13 Oil Pump Oil Pump Drive Gear Removal • Remove:(see Clutch chapter) Clutch Oil Pan (see Oil Pan Removal) Circlip [A] and Washer [B] Oil Pump Drive Gear [C] Oil Pump Drive Gear Installation molybdenum disulfide oil solution • Apply[A] on the oil pump gear shaft [B].to
    • Страница 256 из 516
      7-14 ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM Oil Cooler Oil Cooler Removal • Drain: (see Periodic Maintenance chapter) Coolant • Engine Oil (see Periodic Maintenance chapter) Remove: Oil Filter (see Periodic Maintenance chapter) Water Hose [A] Oil Cooler Mounting Bolt [B] and Washer Oil Cooler [C] and Water Hose
    • Страница 257 из 516
      ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM 7-15 Oil Pressure Measurement Oil Pressure Measurement oil passage • Remove the[B] to the plugplug, and attach the adapter [A] and gauge hole. Special Tools — Oil Pressure Gauge, 10 kgf/cm²: 57001–164 Oil Pressure Gauge Adapter, PT 3/8: 57001–1233 the engine and warm up
    • Страница 258 из 516
      7-16 ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM Oil Pressure Switch Oil Pressure Switch Removal • Remove:Oil (drain, see Periodic Maintenance chapter) Engine Switch Cover [A] Switch Terminal [B] Oil Pressure Switch [C] Oil Pressure Switch Installation • Apply silicone sealant to the threads of the oil pressure
    • Страница 259 из 516
      ENGINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 8-1 Engine Removal/Installation Table of Contents Exploded View………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Special Tools
    • Страница 260 из 516
      8-2 ENGINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Exploded View
    • Страница 261 из 516
      ENGINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 8-3 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb Remarks 1 Adjusting collar locknut 49 5.0 36 S 2 Upper engine mounting bolts 44 4.5 32 S 3 Rear engine bracket bolts 25 2.5 18 S 4 Front engine bracket bolts 44 4.5 32 S 5 Middle engine mounting nut 44 4.5 32 S 6
    • Страница 262 из 516
      8-4 ENGINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Special Tools Carburetor Drain Plug Wrench, Hex3: 57001–1269 Engine Mount Nut Wrench: 57001–1450
    • Страница 263 из 516
      ENGINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 8-5 Engine Removal/Installation Engine Removal • Support the rear part of the swingarm with a stand [A]. • Squeeze the brake lever slowly and hold it with a band [A]. WARNING Be sure to hold the front brake when removing the engine, or the motorcycle may fall over. It
    • Страница 264 из 516
      8-6 ENGINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Engine Removal/Installation • Remove: Hose Clamp [A] (Loosen) Radiator Radiator Hose [B] Oil Cooler Water Hose Clamp [C] (Loosen) Oil Cooler Water Hose [D] Radiator Bolt [E] (Loosen) Radiator Bracket Bolt [F] • Disconnect Sensor Lead Connector (see Electrical
    • Страница 265 из 516
      ENGINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 8-7 Engine Removal/Installation • Remove: Position Sensor Connector [A] Camshaft Injector Harness Connector [B] Coolant Reserve Tank [A] (see Cooling System chapter) Air Cleaner Housing Bolt [B] Vacuum Switch Valve Hose [C] • Remove: Switch Valve Tube [A] Vacuum Inlet
    • Страница 266 из 516
      8-8 ENGINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Engine Removal/Installation engine with a suitable stand [A]. • Support the[B] onto the suitable stand for engine balance. ○Put a plank • Remove: Left Engine Upper Mounting Bolts [A] Right and Front Engine Bracket Bolts [B] Front Engine Bracket [C] • Remove the
    • Страница 267 из 516
      ENGINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 8-9 Engine Removal/Installation adjusting collar [A] • Using the HexagontoWrench, turn thebetween the engine counter clockwise mark the gap and flame adjusting collar. • Remove the drive chain [A] from the output shaft [B]. • Down the rear portion of the engine a little
    • Страница 268 из 516
      8-10 ENGINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Engine Removal/Installation engine • Install theinstallingmounting bolts and nuts, following the specified sequence. ○First, hang the drive chain over the output shaft just before moving the engine into its final position in the frame. ○Second, insert the lower
    • Страница 269 из 516
      ENGINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 8-11 Engine Removal/Installation ○Ninth, temporarily install: Front Engine Bracket [A] Front Right Engine Mounting Bolt [B] ○Tenth, tighten the rear bracket bolts. Torque — Rear Engine Bracket Bolts: 25 N·m (2.5 kgf·m, 18 ft·lb) ○Eleventh, tighten securely: Middle Engine
    • Страница 270 из 516
    • Страница 271 из 516
      CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION 9-1 Crankshaft/Transmission Table of Contents Exploded View…………………………….. Specifications ……………………………… Special Tools and Sealant …………….. Crankcase Splitting………………………. Crankcase Splitting
    • Страница 272 из 516
      9-2 CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION Exploded View
    • Страница 273 из 516
      CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION 9-3 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb Remarks 1 Breather plate bolts 10 1.0 87 in·lb L 2 Crankcase bolts (M9, L=81 mm) 42 4.3 31 MO,S 3 Crankcase bolts (M9, L=95 mm) 49 5.0 36 MO,S 4 Crankcase bolts (M8) 27 2.8 20 S 5 Crankcase bolts (M7) 20 2.0 14.5 S 6
    • Страница 274 из 516
      9-4 CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION Exploded View
    • Страница 275 из 516
      CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION 9-5 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb Remarks 1 Shift pedal mounting bolt 34 3.5 25 2 Gear positioning lever bolt 12 1.2 104 in·lb 3 Shift shaft return spring pin 29 3.0 22 L 4 Shift drum cam holder bolt 12 1.2 104 in·lb L 5 Footpeg bracket bolts 34 3.5 25 L
    • Страница 276 из 516
      9-6 CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION Specifications Item Crankshaft, Connecting Rods: Connecting rod bend Standard Service Limit — Connecting rod twist — Connecting rod big end side clearance TIR 0.2/100 mm (0.008/3.94 in.) TIR 0.2/100 mm (0.008/3.94 in.) 0.58 mm (0.023 in.) 0.11 mm (0.0043 in.) 34.97
    • Страница 277 из 516
      CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION 9-7 Specifications Item Standard TIR 0.02 mm (0.0008 in.) or less Crankshaft runout Crankshaft main bearing insert/journal clearance 0.020 ∼ 0.044 mm (0.0008 ∼ 0.0017 in.) main journal diameter: 32.984 ∼ 33.000 mm Crankshaft (1.2986 ∼ 1.2992 in.) Marking None 32.984 ∼ 32.992
    • Страница 278 из 516
      9-8 CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION Special Tools and Sealant Bearing Puller: 57001–135 Kawasaki Bond (Silicone Sealant): 56019–120 Bearing Puller Adapter: 57001–317 Kawasaki Bond (Silicone Sealant): 92104–1063
    • Страница 279 из 516
      CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION 9-9 Crankcase Splitting Crankcase Splitting • Remove the engine (see Engine Removal/Installation chapter). engine on a • Set thewhile parts areclean surface and hold the engine steady being removed. Remove: • Crankshaft Sensor (see Electrical System chapter) Clutch (see
    • Страница 280 из 516
      9-10 CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION Crankcase Splitting liquid gasket to the breather plate mating • Applyto 1.5 mm (0.04 to 0.06 in.) thick, and thensurface [A] 1 install the breather plate. Sealant — Three Bond: 1207B non-permanent • Apply athe bolts [A]. locking agent to the threads and tighten Torque
    • Страница 281 из 516
      CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION 9-11 Crankcase Splitting gasket • Apply liquidhalf. [A] to the mating surface of the lower crankcase Sealant — Kawasaki Bond (Silicone Sealant): 92104–1063 CAUTION Do not apply liquid gasket around the crankshaft main bearing inserts, and oil passage holes. • Fit the lower
    • Страница 282 из 516
      9-12 CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION Crankshaft and Connecting Rods Crankshaft Removal Crankcase Splitting). • Split the crankcase (see[A]. the crankshaft • Remove Crankshaft Installation CAUTION If the crankshaft, bearing inserts, or crankcase halves are replaced with new ones, select the bearing inserts
    • Страница 283 из 516
      CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION 9-13 Crankshaft and Connecting Rods grease outer sur• Applyofmolybdenum disulfidethe inner[A] to theof the conface the upper insert and surface necting rod big end. Apply molybdenum disulfide oil [B] to the inner surfaces of upper and lower bearing inserts. ○The molybdenum
    • Страница 284 из 516
      9-14 CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION Crankshaft and Connecting Rods (1) Bolt Length Measurement Method Be sure to clean the bolts, nuts, and connecting rods thoroughly with a high-flash point solvent, because the new connecting rods, bolts, and nuts are treated with an anti-rust solution. • WARNING Clean
    • Страница 285 из 516
      CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION 9-15 Crankshaft and Connecting Rods (2) Rotation Angle Method If you don’t have a point micrometer, you may tighten the nuts using the “Rotation Angle Method”. Be sure to clean the bolts and nuts thoroughly with a high -flash point solvent, because the new bolts and nuts are
    • Страница 286 из 516
      9-16 CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION Crankshaft and Connecting Rods Connecting Rod Bend the connecting rod big end bearing • Removethe connecting rod big end cap. inserts, and reinstall the connect• Select an arbor [A] ofinsertsame diameter as the connecting rod big end, and the arbor through the • • • ing
    • Страница 287 из 516
      CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION 9-17 Crankshaft and Connecting Rods Connecting Rod Big End Bearing Insert/Crankpin Wear • Measure the bearing insert/crankpin [B] clearance with plastigage [A]. ○Tighten the big end nuts to the specified torque (see Connecting Rod Installation). NOTE ○Do not move the
    • Страница 288 из 516
      9-18 CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION Crankshaft and Connecting Rods Connecting Rod Big End Inside Diameter Marks None 38.000mm ∼ 38.008mm (1.4961 ∼ 1.4964 in.) 38.009 ∼ 38.016 mm (1.4964 ∼ 1.4967 in.) Big End Cap [A] Connecting Rod [B] Weight Mark, Alphabet [C] Diameter Mark (Around Weight Mark) [D]: “
    • Страница 289 из 516
      CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION 9-19 Crankshaft and Connecting Rods Crankshaft Main Bearing Insert/Journal Wear • Using a plastigage (press gauge) [A], measure the bearing insert/journal [B] clearance. NOTE ○Tighten the crankcase bolts to the specified torque (see Crankcase Assembly). ○Do not turn the
    • Страница 290 из 516
      9-20 CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION Crankshaft and Connecting Rods bearing inside diameter, • Measure the mainhalf in accordance with theand mark the upper crankcase inside diam- • eter. Crankcase Main Bearing Inside Diameter Marks : » » or no mark. Tighten the crankcase bolts to the specified torque (see
    • Страница 291 из 516
      CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION 9-21 Starter Motor Clutch Starter Motor Clutch Removal/Installation Rotor • Refer to the Alternatorchapter.Removal and Installation in the Electrical System Starter Motor Clutch Assembly install the one-way clutch • Be sureintothe holder recess [C]. [A] so that its flange
    • Страница 292 из 516
      9-22 CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION Transmission Shift Pedal Removal shift [B] on the shift • Mark [A] the position of thelater inlever same position. shaft it can be installed the so that • Remove: Bolt [C] Shift Lever Shift Lever • Remove: Bracket Bolts [A] Footpeg Muffler Mounting Bolt [B] Footpeg
    • Страница 293 из 516
      CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION 9-23 Transmission footpeg bracket [A]. • Install thenon-permanent locking agent Apply a • bracket bolts [B]. • Tighten: to the footpeg Torque — Footpeg bracket Bolts: 34 N·m (3.5 kgf·m, 25 ft·lb) Muffler Mounting Bolt and Nut [C]: 29 N·m (3.0 kgf·m, 22 ft·lb) • Install the
    • Страница 294 из 516
      9-24 CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION Transmission • Remove: Gear Positioning Lever Bolt [A] Gear Positioning Lever [B], Collar and spring External Shift Mechanism Installation • Install the gear positioning lever [A] as shown. Spring [B] • Collar [C] Bolt [D] Tighten: Torque — Gear Positioning Lever Bolt:
    • Страница 295 из 516
      CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION 9-25 Transmission Transmission Shaft Removal (see Crankcase Splitting). • Split the crankcaseshaft [A] and output shaft [B]. • Remove the drive Transmission Shaft Installation • Check to see that the set pins [A] and set rings [B] are in place. drive • Install the half.
    • Страница 296 из 516
      9-26 CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION Transmission • Remove the ball bearing [A] from each shafts. Special Tools — Bearing Puller: 57001–135 [B] Bearing Puller Adapter: 57001–317 [C] • Discard the bearing. Transmission Shaft Assembly engine oil the sliding surfaces on the transmis• Applyshafts, gearstoand
    • Страница 297 из 516
      CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION 9-27 Transmission NOTE ○When the toothed washers [28] [29] are assembled onto the output shaft, note the following. ○When the tangs [A] of the toothed washer [29] shall be assembled, they should be installed into the notch [B] of the toothed washer [28]. ○Fit the steel balls
    • Страница 298 из 516
      9-28 CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION Transmission 1. 1st Gear 2. 2nd Gear 3. 3rd Gear 4. 4th Gear 5. 5th Gear 6. 6th (Top) Gear 7. Toothed Washer, 31 mm (1.22 in.) 8. Thrust Washer, 30 mm (1.18 in.) 9. Circlip 10. Circlip 11. Bushing 12. Bushing 13. Needle Bearing 14. Needle Bearing 15. Bearing Outer Race
    • Страница 299 из 516
      CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION 9-29 Transmission Shift Drum and Fork Installation the shift rods • Installare identical. [A], noting the groove position. The rods shortest ears [B] shaft • Position the one withthe center grooveon the drive drum and place the pin in in the shift [C]. ○The two forks [D] on
    • Страница 300 из 516
      9-30 CRANKSHAFT/TRANSMISSION Transmission Shift Fork/Gear Groove Wear the thickness of the • Measurewidth [B] of the gearshift fork ears [A], and meagrooves. sure the If the thickness of a shift fork ear is less than the service limit, the shift fork must be replaced. Shift Fork Ear Thickness
    • Страница 301 из 516
      WHEELS/TIRES 10-1 Wheels/Tires Table of Contents Exploded View………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Specifications
    • Страница 302 из 516
      10-2 WHEELS/TIRES Exploded View
    • Страница 303 из 516
      WHEELS/TIRES 10-3 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb 1 Front axle clamp bolt 20 2.0 15 2 Front axle 127 13 94 3 Rear axle nut 127 13 94 G: Apply grease. R: Replacement Parts WL: Apply soap and water solution or rubber lubricant. Remarks
    • Страница 304 из 516
      10-4 WHEELS/TIRES Specifications Item Wheels (Rims): Rim runout: Axial Radial Standard —— Axle runout/100 mm (3.94 TIR 0.05 mm (0.0020 in.) or less in.) Wheel balance Balance weights Tires: Air pressure: (when cold) Front Tread depth: Front Rear 10 g (0.35 US oz) or less 10 g (0.35 US oz), 20 g
    • Страница 305 из 516
      WHEELS/TIRES 10-5 Special Tools Bearing Driver Set: 57001–1129 Bearing Remover Head, 57001–1346 25 × Jack: 57001–1238 Bearing Remover Shaft, 57001–1377 13: 28:
    • Страница 306 из 516
      10-6 WHEELS/TIRES Wheels (Rims) Front Wheel Removal • Remove: Brake Caliper Mounting Bolts [A] • Loosen: Axle Clamp Bolt [A] Right Side Axle [B] • Raise the front wheel off the ground. Special Tool — Jack: 57001–1238 • Pull out the axle to the right and drop the front wheel out of the forks.
    • Страница 307 из 516
      WHEELS/TIRES 10-7 Wheels (Rims) • Tighten the axle. Torque — Front Axle: 127 N·m (13 kgf·m, 94 ft·lb) tightening the bolt the fork • Beforethe front fork upclampdownon or 5right frontallowleg, pump and 4 times to the right front fork leg to seat on the front axle. NOTE ○Put a block in front of the
    • Страница 308 из 516
      10-8 WHEELS/TIRES Wheels (Rims) • Remove:Mounting Bolts [A] Caliper Caliper [B] • Remove the drive chain [A] from the rear sprocket toward the left. the rear • Movecaliper. wheel back and remove the wheel from the rear • Remove the rear wheel. CAUTION Do not lay the wheel on the ground with the
    • Страница 309 из 516
      WHEELS/TIRES 10-9 Wheels (Rims) • Bend the cotter pin [A] over the nut [B]. WARNING If the rear axle nut is not securely tightened or the cotter pin is not installed, an unsafe riding condition may result. the drive • Adjustchapter). chain slack after installation (see Final Drive • Check the rear
    • Страница 310 из 516
      10-10 WHEELS/TIRES Wheels (Rims) Axle Inspection • Visually inspect the front and rear axle for damages. If the axle is damaged or bent, replace it. are 100 in.) [A] • Place the axle in V blocks that[B] on themm (3.94 a point apart, and set a dial gauge axle at halfway between the blocks. Turn [C]
    • Страница 311 из 516
      WHEELS/TIRES 10-11 Wheels (Rims) (b) When the tire is on the rim. Pry [A] the balance weight off the rim flange using a regular tip screwdriver as shown in the figure. ○Insert a tip of the screwdriver between the tire bead [B] and weight blade [C] until the end of the tip reaches the end of the
    • Страница 312 из 516
      10-12 WHEELS/TIRES Wheels (Rims) (0.71 oz), in• When required total weight exceeds 20 gflange USshown. stall balance weight at both sides of rim as Required Total Weight: g (US oz) One Side [A] Other Side [B] 20 (0.71) 10 (0.35) 10 (0.35) 30 (1.06) 20 (0.71) 10 (0.35) 40 (1.41) 20 (0.71) 20 (0.71)
    • Страница 313 из 516
      WHEELS/TIRES 10-13 Tires Air Pressure Inspection/Adjustment • Refer to the Air Pressure Inspection/Adjustment in the Periodic Maintenance chapter. Tire Inspection • Refer to the Tire Inspection in the Periodic Maintenance chapter. Tire Removal • Remove:(see Front Wheel Removal, Wheel • Rear Wheel
    • Страница 314 из 516
      10-14 WHEELS/TIRES Tires valve in • Install a newvalve cap,the rim. the stem seal with a soap lubricate ○Remove the and water solution or rubber lubricant, and pull [B] the valve stem [A] through the rim from the inside out until it snaps into place. CAUTION Do not use engine oil or petroleum
    • Страница 315 из 516
      WHEELS/TIRES 10-15 Tires [A] • Check to see that the rim lines rim on both sides of the tire sidewalls are parallel with the flanges. If the rim flanges and tire sidewall rim lines are not parallel, remove the valve core. Lubricate the rim flanges and tire beads. Install the valve core and inflate
    • Страница 316 из 516
      10-16 WHEELS/TIRES Hub Bearing Hub Bearing Removal • Remove the wheel, and take out the following. Collars • Coupling (out of rear hub) Grease Seals Circlips Use the bearing remover to remove the hub bearings [A]. CAUTION Do not lay the wheel on the ground with the disc facing down. This can damage
    • Страница 317 из 516
      FINAL DRIVE 11-1 Final Drive Table of Contents Exploded View………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Specifications
    • Страница 318 из 516
      11-2 FINAL DRIVE Exploded View
    • Страница 319 из 516
      FINAL DRIVE 11-3 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb Remarks 1 Engine sprocket cover bolts 9.8 1.0 87 in·lb 2 Engine sprocket nut 127 13 94 3 Rear sprocket nut 59 6.0 43 4 Engine sprocket cover damper bolts 6.9 0.7 61 in·lb L 5 Speed sensor bolt 6.9 0.7 61 in·lb L 6 Rear axle nut 127
    • Страница 320 из 516
      11-4 FINAL DRIVE Specifications Item Standard Service Limit Drive Chain: Chain slack 20 ∼ 30 mm (0.8 ∼ 1.2 in.) 20-link length 317.5 ∼ 318.2 mm (12.50 ∼ 12.53 in.) — — 323 mm (12.7 in.) Standard chain Make ENUMA — — — Type EK525UVXL2, Endless — — — Link 112 links — — — Sprockets: Rear sprocket warp
    • Страница 321 из 516
      FINAL DRIVE 11-5 Special Tools Bearing Driver Set: 57001–1129 Jack: 57001–1238
    • Страница 322 из 516
      11-6 FINAL DRIVE Drive Chain Drive Chain Slack Inspection • Refer to the Drive Chain Slack Inspection in the Periodic Maintenance chapter. Drive Chain Slack Adjustment • Refer to the Drive Chain Slack Adjustment in the Periodic Maintenance chapter. Wheel Alignment Inspection/Adjustment Wheel
    • Страница 323 из 516
      FINAL DRIVE 11-7 Drive Chain EK JOINT TOOL #50 Body [A] Handlebar [B] Cutting and Riveting Pin [C] For Cutting [D] For Riveting [E] Plate Holder (A) [F] Plate Holder (B) [G] Gauge [H] it • Grind [A] pin head to make [B]flat. shown. Set cutting and riveting pin as • touches chain pin. • Screw pin
    • Страница 324 из 516
      11-8 FINAL DRIVE Drive Chain • Set plate holder (A) [A] and plate holder (B) [B] on the body. holder (A) to link plate. • Fit plate holder by hand until plate holder (B) touches the Turn pin • other link plate. wrench clockwise • Turn pin holder byof plate holder (A).until two pins of link come
    • Страница 325 из 516
      FINAL DRIVE 11-9 Drive Chain • Turn wrench clockwise until tip of riveting pin hits of link pin. • Rivet it. for the other link pin. • Some work • After staking, check the staked area of the link pin for cracks. diameter [A] of the link pin and link • Measure the outside[B]. plates outside width
    • Страница 326 из 516
      11-10 FINAL DRIVE Sprocket, Coupling Engine Sprocket Removal • Remove:Sensor [A] Connector Speed Engine Sprocket Cover Bolts [B] Engine Sprocket Cover [C] with Speed Sensor • Flatten out the bended washer [A]. and washer. • Remove the engine sprocket nut [B] NOTE ○When loosening the engine sprocket
    • Страница 327 из 516
      FINAL DRIVE 11-11 Sprocket, Coupling Rear Sprocket Removal • Remove the rear wheel (see Wheels/Tires chapter). CAUTION Do not lay the wheel on the ground with the disc facing down. This can damage or warp the disc. Place blocks under the wheel so that the disc does not touch the ground. • Remove
    • Страница 328 из 516
      11-12 FINAL DRIVE Sprocket, Coupling the grease seal with a one. • Replace the grease seal so thatnew seal surface is flush Press in the • with the end of the hole. ○Apply high temperature grease to the grease seal lips. Special Tool — Bearing Driver Set : 57001–1129 Coupling Installation • Grease
    • Страница 329 из 516
      FINAL DRIVE 11-13 Sprocket, Coupling Sprocket Wear Inspection • Visually inspect the engine and rear sprocket teeth for wear and damage. If the teeth are worn as illustrated, replace the sprocket, and inspect the drive chain wear (see Drive Chain Wear Inspection). [A] Worn Tooth (Engine Sprocket)
    • Страница 330 из 516
    • Страница 331 из 516
      BRAKES 12-1 Brakes Table of Contents Exploded View…………………………….. Specifications ……………………………… Special Tool ………………………………… Brake Lever, Brake Pedal……………… Brake Lever Position Adjustment. Brake Pedal Position Inspection
    • Страница 332 из 516
      12-2 BRAKES Exploded View
    • Страница 333 из 516
      BRAKES 12-3 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb 1 Front caliper mounting bolts 25 2.5 18 2 Brake hose banjo bolt 25 2.5 18 3 Bleed valve 7.8 0.80 69 in·lb 4 Front caliper assembly bolts 22 2.2 16 5 Front brake pad pin bolt 17 1.7 12 6 Brake lever pivot bolt 1.0 0.10 9 in·lb 7 Brake
    • Страница 334 из 516
      12-4 BRAKES Exploded View
    • Страница 335 из 516
      BRAKES 12-5 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb 1 Rear master cylinder push lod locknut 18 1.8 13 2 Rear caliper mounting bolts 25 2.5 18 3 Brake hose banjo bolts 25 2.5 18 4 Bleed valve 7.8 0.80 69 in·lb 5 Rear master cylinder mounting bolts 25 2.5 18 6 Brake disc mounting bolts 27
    • Страница 336 из 516
      12-6 BRAKES Specifications Item Standard Service Limit Brake Lever, Brake Pedal: Brake lever position 5-way adjustable (to suit rider) — — — Brake lever free play Non-adjustable — — — Pedal free play Non-adjustable — — — Pedal position About 47 mm (1.85 in.) below footpeg top — — — DOT4 — — — Brake
    • Страница 337 из 516
      BRAKES 12-7 Special Tool Jack: 57001–1238
    • Страница 338 из 516
      12-8 BRAKES Brake Lever, Brake Pedal Brake Lever Position Adjustment The brake lever adjuster has 5 positions so that the brake lever position can be adjusted to suit the operator’s hand. Push the lever forward and turn the adjuster [A] to align the number with the arrow mark [B] on the lever
    • Страница 339 из 516
      BRAKES 12-9 Calipers Front Caliper Removal • Loosen the itbanjo bolt [A] at the brake hose lower end, and tighten loosely. mounting bolts [B], and detach the • Unscrew the caliperdisc. caliper [C] from the CAUTION Do not loosen the caliper assembly bolts [D]. Take out only the caliper mounting
    • Страница 340 из 516
      12-10 BRAKES Calipers Caliper Installation brake • Install the caliper andon eachhose lower end. with new the washers side of hose fitting ○Replace • ones. Tighten: Torque — Caliper Mounting Bolts (Front): 25 N·m (2.5 kgf·m, 18 ft·lb) Caliper Mounting Bolts (Rear): 25 N·m (2.5 kgf·m, 18 ft·lb)
    • Страница 341 из 516
      BRAKES 12-11 Calipers WARNING To avoid serious injury, never place your fingers or palm in front of the piston. If you apply compressed air into the caliper, the piston may crush your hand or fingers. ○Pull out the pistons by hand. the • Remove the dust seals [A] and fluid seals [B]. Remove bleed
    • Страница 342 из 516
      12-12 BRAKES Calipers ones. • Replace the fluid seals [A] with new and install them into ○Apply brake fluid to the fluid seals, the cylinders by hand. Replace the dust seals [B] with new ones if they are damaged. ○Apply brake fluid to the dust seals, and install them into the cylinders by hand. •
    • Страница 343 из 516
      BRAKES 12-13 Calipers Rear Caliper Assembly • Clean the caliper parts except for the pads. CAUTION For cleaning the parts, use only disc brake fluid, isopropyl alcohol, or ethyl alcohol. • Install the bleed valve and rubber cap. Torque — Bleed Valve: 7.8 N·m (0.80 kgf·m, 69 in·lb) with a new one. •
    • Страница 344 из 516
      12-14 BRAKES Calipers Caliper Piston and Cylinder Damage • Visually inspect the piston [A] and cylinder surfaces. Replace the caliper if the cylinder and piston are badly scores or rusty. Front Caliper [B] Rear Caliper [C] Caliper Holder Shaft Wear The caliper body must slide smoothly on the
    • Страница 345 из 516
      BRAKES 12-15 Brake Pads Front Brake Pad Removal • Remove: Bolts [A] Mounting • Remove: Bolt [A] Pad Pin Pad Spring [B] Brake Pads [C] Front Brake Pad Installation hand as • Push the caliper pistons in bystopperas far[A]. they will go. Apply silicone grease to the ring • Install: • Brake Pads Pad
    • Страница 346 из 516
      12-16 BRAKES Brake Pads Rear Brake Pad Installation • Push the caliper piston in by hand as far as it will go. • Install: Pads Brake • Pad Pin Clip Install the caliper (see Caliper Installation). WARNING Do not attempt to drive the motorcycle until a full brake pedal is obtained by pumping the
    • Страница 347 из 516
      BRAKES 12-17 Master Cylinder Front Master Cylinder Removal brake • Disconnect the frontbolt [B] light switch connectors [A]. the banjo brake hose • Removemaster cylinder [C] to disconnect theRemoval/Infrom the (see Brake Hose • stallation). Remove the rear view mirror (see Steering chapter). the
    • Страница 348 из 516
      12-18 BRAKES Master Cylinder Rear Master Cylinder Removal the brake hose banjo bolt [A] on the • Unscrew Brake Hose Removal/Installation). master cylinder (see the reservoir hose • Pull offfluid into a container. lower end [B], and drain the brake cylinder • Loosen the master pin [D]. mounting
    • Страница 349 из 516
      BRAKES 12-19 Master Cylinder Rear Master Cylinder Disassembly NOTE ○Do not remove the push rod clevis for master cylinder disassembly since removal requires brake position adjustment. • Remove the rear master cylinder (see Rear Master Cylinder Removal). dust cover • Slide thethe circlip. on the
    • Страница 350 из 516
      12-20 BRAKES Brake Disc Brake Disc Removal Wheels/Tires • Remove the wheel (seebolts, and take chapter). the mounting off the disc. • Unscrew Brake Disc Installation brake • Install the out. disc on the wheel so that the marked side [A] faces locking agent to the threads of • Apply a non-permanent
    • Страница 351 из 516
      BRAKES 12-21 Brake Fluid Brake Fluid Level Inspection • Refer to the Brake Fluid Level in the Periodic Maintenance chapter. Brake Fluid Change • Refer to the Brake Fluid Change in the Periodic Maintenance chapter. Brake Line Bleeding • Refer to the Brake Line Bleeding in the Periodic Maintenance
    • Страница 352 из 516
      12-22 BRAKES Brake Hose Brake Hose Removal/Installation CAUTION Brake fluid quickly ruins painted or plastic surfaces; any spilled fluid should be completely wiped up immediately with wet cloth. removing the brake hose, take care • When fluid on the painted or plastic parts. not to spill the brake
    • Страница 353 из 516
      SUSPENSION 13-1 Suspension Table of Contents Exploded View………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Specifications
    • Страница 354 из 516
      13-2 SUSPENSION Exploded View
    • Страница 355 из 516
      SUSPENSION 13-3 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb Front fork clamp bolts (Upper) 8.8 0.90 78 in·lb Front fork clamp bolts (Upper): ZR1000–A2 ∼ 13 1.3 113 in·lb Front fork clamp bolts (Lower) 20 2.0 15 Front fork clamp bolts (Lower): ZR1000–A2 ∼ 30 3.1 22 3 Front fork top plugs 35
    • Страница 356 из 516
      13-4 SUSPENSION Exploded View
    • Страница 357 из 516
      SUSPENSION 13-5 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb 1 Rear shock absorber nuts (upper and lower) 34 3.5 25 2 Swingarm pivot shaft nut 127 13 94 3 Swingarm pivot shaft locknut 98 10 72 4 Rocker arm nut 34 3.5 25 5 Tie-rod nuts 59 6.0 43 G: Apply or add grease. Remarks
    • Страница 358 из 516
      13-6 SUSPENSION Specifications Item Standard Front Fork (per one unit): Fork inner tube outside diameter 41 mm (1.61 in.) Air Pressure Atmospheric pressure (Non-adjustable) Rebound damper setting 1 turns out from the fully clockwise position (only right fork leg) Fork spring preload setting (Usable
    • Страница 359 из 516
      SUSPENSION 13-7 Special Tools Oil Seal and Bearing Remover: 57001–1058 Fork Piston Rod Puller, M10 × 1.0: 57001–1298 Bearing Driver Set: 57001–1129 Front Fork Spring Compressor: 57001–1338 Jack: 57001–1238 Socket Wrench: 57001–1370 Front Fork Oil Seal Driver: 57001–1288 Hook Wrench: 57001–1539 Fork
    • Страница 360 из 516
      13-8 SUSPENSION Front Fork Rebound Damping Force Adjustment (Only Right Fork Leg) the rebound damping force, • To adjust adjuster [A] on top of the rightturn the rebound damping front fork leg to the desired position. ○The standard adjuster setting for the average-build rider of 68 kg (150 lb) with
    • Страница 361 из 516
      SUSPENSION 13-9 Front Fork Front Fork Removal (each fork leg) • Remove: (see Wheels/Tires chapter.) Front Wheel Front Fender (see Frame chapter.) Windshield and Bracket (see Frame chapter.) Inner Cover (see Frame chapter.) Fairing and Bracket (see Frame chapter.) Loosen the upper fork clamp bolts
    • Страница 362 из 516
      13-10 SUSPENSION Front Fork Fork Oil Change the front fork • Remove spring preload(see Front Fork Removal). until adjuster [A] counterclockwise ○Turn the • the fully position. Unscrew the top plug [B] out of the inner tube. • Avoiding the pins [A], set the front fork spring compressor set [B] on
    • Страница 363 из 516
      SUSPENSION 13-11 Front Fork fork oil • Drain thethe fork into a suitable container. Remove spring [A]. • Pump the piston rod [B] up and down at least ten times to ○ expel the oil from the fork. tube upright, • Hold the fork the way down.press the inner tube and the piston rod all • Pour in the type
    • Страница 364 из 516
      13-12 SUSPENSION Front Fork Oil Level (fully compressed, without spring) Standard: Right fork leg 62 ± 2 mm (2.44 ± 0.08 in.) Left fork leg 47 ± 2 mm (1.85 ± 0.08 in.) (from the top of the outer tube) NOTE ○Fork oil level may also be measured using the fork oil level gauge. Special Tool — Fork Oil
    • Страница 365 из 516
      SUSPENSION 13-13 Front Fork the O-ring • Checkdamaged. on the top plug and replace it with a new one if right fork distance [C] between the • For the end [A] ofleg, check theand rebound damping adbottom the top plug juster [B] with a pair of vernier caliper. [C] 20 mm (0.79 in.) a • Holding the top
    • Страница 366 из 516
      13-14 SUSPENSION Front Fork ○Holding the inner tube [A] by hand, pull the outer tube [B] several times to pull out the outer tube. tube bushing tube • Remove the innerwasherguideoil seal [D][A], outer inner guide bushing [B], [C], from the tube. Front Fork Assembly • Replace the following parts
    • Страница 367 из 516
      SUSPENSION 13-15 Front Fork the cente ring • Install the cente ring plate on the cylinder unit. a set into Insert • the inner tube. plate and cylinder unit as • • Cylinder Unit [A] and Center Ring Plate [C] for Right Fork Leg Cylinder Unit [B] and Center Ring Plate [C] for Left Fork Leg Hold the
    • Страница 368 из 516
      13-16 SUSPENSION Front Fork Spring Tension becomes shorter as it weakens, check its • Since a spring to determine its condition. [A] free length If the spring of either fork leg is shorter than the service limit, it must be replaced. If the length of a replacement spring and that of the remaining
    • Страница 369 из 516
      SUSPENSION 13-17 Rear Shock Absorber Rebound Damping Force Adjustment the rebound • To adjustadjuster [A] todamping force, turn the rebound damping the desired position. ○The standard adjuster setting for an average-build rider of 68 kg (150 lb) with no passenger and no accessories 3/4 turns out of
    • Страница 370 из 516
      13-18 SUSPENSION Rear Shock Absorber Special Tools — Hook Wrench: 57001–1539 [A] Spring Adjustment Adjuster Position 193.4 mm (7.61 in.) ↑ ↓ 183.4 mm (7.22 in.) Damping Force Weak ↑ ↓ Strong Setting Load Road Speed Soft Light Good Low ↑ ↓ Hard ↑ ↓ Heavy ↑ ↓ Bad ↑ ↓ High Rear Shock Absorber Removal
    • Страница 371 из 516
      SUSPENSION 13-19 Rear Shock Absorber • Remove the shock absorber [A] from upside. Rear Shock Absorber Installation • Tighten: Torque — Rear Shock Absorber Nuts: 34 N·m (3.5 kgf·m, 25 ft·lb) Rear Shock Absorber Inspection the rear shock absorber. • Removeinspect the following items. Visually •
    • Страница 372 из 516
      13-20 SUSPENSION Swingarm Swingarm Removal • Remove the muffler bodies (see Engine Top End chapter.) • Raise the rear wheel off the ground with jack. Special Tool — Jack: 57001–1238 • Remove: (see Wheels/Tires chapter.) Rear Wheel Chain Cover (see Final Drive chapter.) Mud Guard (see Frame
    • Страница 373 из 516
      SUSPENSION 13-21 Swingarm Swingarm Installation of grease ball bearing, needle bearings • Apply plentyseals, andto theplenty of grease to the grease and grease add • nipple. Install the collars [A]. ○Place the right collar [A] on the • • • stopper [B] inside the frame [C]. Insert the pivot shaft
    • Страница 374 из 516
      13-22 SUSPENSION Swingarm • Remove the ball bearing and needle bearings. Special Tool — Oil Seal and Bearing Remover: 57001–1058 [A] Swingarm Bearing Installation • Apply plenty of grease to the ball bearing and needle bearings. the • Install faceneedle bearings so that the manufacturer’s marks in.
    • Страница 375 из 516
      SUSPENSION 13-23 Tie-Rod, Rocker Arm Tie-Rod Removal • Remove the muffler bodies (see Engine Top End chapter.) chapter.) • Remove the side stand (see Frame off the ground. Using the jack, raise the rear wheel • Special Tool — Jack: 57001–1238 • Squeeze the brake lever slowly and hold it with a band
    • Страница 376 из 516
      13-24 SUSPENSION Tie-Rod, Rocker Arm Rocker Arm Installation grease of the needle bearings • Applylips, and to the insideto the grease nipple. and oil add grease seal • Tighten: Torque — Rocker Arm Bolt: 34 N·m (3.5 kgf·m, 25 ft·lb) Tie-Rod Nut: 59 N·m (6.0 kgf·m, 43 ft·lb) Rear Shock Absorber Nut:
    • Страница 377 из 516
      STEERING 14-1 Steering Table of Contents Exploded View………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Special Tools
    • Страница 378 из 516
      14-2 STEERING Exploded View
    • Страница 379 из 516
      STEERING 14-3 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb 1 Steering stem nut 27 2.75 20 2 Steering stem head bolt 108 11 80 3 Front fork clamp bolts (Upper) 8.8 0.90 78 in·lb Front fork clamp bolts (Upper): ZR1000–A2 ∼ 13 1.3 113 in·lb Front fork clamp bolts (Lower) 20 2.0 15 Front fork
    • Страница 380 из 516
      14-4 STEERING Special Tools Steering Stem Nut Wrench: 57001–1100 Steering Stem Bearing Driver: 57001–1344 Bearing Driver Set: 57001–1129 Steering Stem Bearing Driver Adapter: 57001–1345 Jack: 57001–1238
    • Страница 381 из 516
      STEERING 14-5 Steering Steering Inspection • Refer to the Steering Inspection in the Periodic Maintenance chapter. Steering Adjustment • Refer to the Steering Adjustment in the Periodic Maintenance chapter.
    • Страница 382 из 516
      14-6 STEERING Steering Stem Stem, Stem Bearing Removal • Remove: and Bracket (see Frame chapter.) Windshield Inner Cover (see Frame chapter.) Fairing and Bracket (see Frame chapter.) Front Wheel (see Wheels/Tires chapter.) Handlebar (see Handlebar Removal.) Steering Stem Head Bolt Plug Steering
    • Страница 383 из 516
      STEERING 14-7 Steering Stem the bearing outer races • To remove[B], insert a bar [A] into the [C] pressed into the head pipe recesses [D] of head pipe, and applying it to both recess alternately hammer it to drive the race out. NOTE ○If either steering stem bearing is damaged, it is recommended
    • Страница 384 из 516
      14-8 STEERING Steering Stem • Apply grease the lower ball bearing [A] and install it onto the stem. • Apply grease to the upper ball bearing [B] and inner race [C]. [A] head • Install the stem andthrough the[C] on pipe and install the ball bearing [B] inner race it. Install the stem cap [D] and
    • Страница 385 из 516
      STEERING 14-9 Steering Stem NOTE ○Tighten the fork upper clamp bolts first, next the stem head nut, last the fork lower clamp bolts. Torque — Steering Stem Head Bolt : 108 N·m (11 kgf·m, 80 ft·lb) Front Fork Clamp Bolts (Upper): 8.8 N·m (0.90 kgf·m, 78 in·lb) 13 N·m (1.3 kgf·m, 113 in·lb):
    • Страница 386 из 516
      14-10 STEERING Handlebar Handlebar Removal • Remove:Lever Assembly [A] Clutch • Left Handlebar Switch Housing [B] Front Brake Master Cylinder [C] Right Handlebar Switch Housing [D] Handlebar Holder Bolts [E] Remove the handlebar holders [F] and then pull out the handlebar [G]. cotter pins [A]. •
    • Страница 387 из 516
      STEERING 14-11 Handlebar Rear View Mirrors Removal • Loosen the lower hexagonal area [A] for tightening to remove the rear view mirror from the holder. CAUTION Do not force to tighten and/or loosen the upper hexagonal area (Adapter) [B] with a pair of spanners. Disassembly of this area is Not
    • Страница 388 из 516
    • Страница 389 из 516
      FRAME 15-1 Frame Table of Contents Exploded View………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Seats
    • Страница 390 из 516
      15-2 FRAME Exploded View
    • Страница 391 из 516
      FRAME 15-3 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb 1 Footpeg holder bolts 34 3.5 25 2 Muffler mounting nuts 29 3.0 22 3 Side stand bolt 44 4.5 33 4 Side stand switch bolt 8.8 0.9 78 in·lb G: Apply grease. Remarks
    • Страница 392 из 516
      15-4 FRAME Exploded View
    • Страница 393 из 516
      FRAME 15-5 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb 1 Windshield screws 0.35 ∼ 0.50 0.035 ∼ 0.050 3 ∼4 in·lb 2 Front fender bolts 3.9 0.4 34.7 in·lb Remarks L
    • Страница 394 из 516
      15-6 FRAME Exploded View
    • Страница 395 из 516
      FRAME 15-7 Seats Rear Seat Removal ignition switch key into the seat [A], • Insert thecounterclockwise, pulling up on lock rearturning the key the of the seat [B], and pulling the seat backward. WARNING The muffler surface is hot once the engine has been started. When operating the seat lock be
    • Страница 396 из 516
      15-8 FRAME Side Covers Side Cover Removal the • Removeside bolt [A]. evenly outward to clear the stop• Pull the cover [B] pers. Side Cover Installation • Insert the tabs [A] into the holes [B]. • Install the bolt.
    • Страница 397 из 516
      FRAME 15-9 Fairings Windshield Removal • Remove: Bolts [A] Windshield [B] Windshield Installation • Windshield Installation is the reverse of removal. Torque — Windshield Screw: 0.35 ∼ 0.50 N·m (0.035 ∼ 0.050 kgf·m, 3 ∼ 4 in·lb) Inner Cover Removal • Remove: Screws [A] (both side) Inner Cover Inner
    • Страница 398 из 516
      15-10 FRAME Fairings • Remove:Mounting Bolts [A] (both side) Fairing Headlight Connectors Fairing Installation • Fairing installation is the reverse of removal. Faring Bracket Removal • Remove:(see Fairing Removal) Fairing Turn Signal Lights (see Electrical System chapter) Meter Unit [A] (see
    • Страница 399 из 516
      FRAME 15-11 Seat Covers Seat Cover Removal • Remove: Seats Screws [A] • Push the central pin, and then remove the quick rivets [A]. the [A] of the seat cover • Pull thenfront portionsseat cover backward. outside [B], and remove the Seat Cover Installation • Installation is reverse of removal. • Put
    • Страница 400 из 516
      15-12 FRAME Mud Guard Mud Guard Removal • Remove: (see Final Drive chapter) Chain Cover Bolt [A] Clamp [B] • Lift up the mud guard [A], and then pull it out backward. Mud Guard Installation • Put the projections [A] into the grommets [B].
    • Страница 401 из 516
      FRAME 15-13 Fenders Front Fender Removal • Remove: Clamps [A] Brake Hose • Bolts [B] (both side) Remove the front fender [C]. Front Fender Installation • Install the brake hose clamps to the front fender holes. Rear Fender Rear Removal • Remove: Seats Seat Cover Canister (California model only)
    • Страница 402 из 516
      15-14 FRAME Fenders • Remove: [A] Quick Rivets Rear Fender Rear [B] Rear Fender Rear Installation • Put the projection [A] into the hole [B]. into the holes • Put the projections [A]of removal. [B]. Installation is reverse •
    • Страница 403 из 516
      FRAME 15-15 Frame Cover Frame Cover Removal • Remove: Bolts [A] Frame Cover [B] (both side)
    • Страница 404 из 516
      15-16 FRAME Battery Case Battery Case Removal • Remove: Seats • Seat Cover Rear Fender Assy Side Covers Battery Left Side Screw [A] (with reserver tank) Pull out the battery case [B] backward [C]. Battery Case Installation the battery • Putthe frame. case attachments [A] at the projections [B] on
    • Страница 405 из 516
      FRAME 15-17 Side Stand Side Stand Removal • Raise the rear wheel off the ground with the stand. • Remove:(both side) Muffler Exhaust pipe Side Stand Switch Bolt [A] Side Stand Switch [B] Spring [C] Side Stand Nut [D] Side Stand Bolt [E] Side Stand [F] Side Stand Installation the [B] • Apply grease
    • Страница 406 из 516
      15-18 FRAME Frame Frame Inspection • Visually inspect the frame for cracks, dents, bending, or warp. ○If there is any damage to the frame, replace it. WARNING A repaired frame may fail in use, possibly causing an accident. If the frame is bent, dented, cracked, or warped, replace it.
    • Страница 407 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-1 Electrical System Table of Contents Parts Location……………………………… Exploded View…………………………….. Specifications ……………………………… Special Tools and Sealant …………….. Wiring Diagram (U.S.A. and Canada) Wiring
    • Страница 408 из 516
      16-2 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Fan Motor Inspection ………………. Meter, Gauge, Indicator Unit………….. Meter Unit Removal ………………… Meter, Gauge Disassembly………. Electronic Combination Meter Unit Inspection …………………….. Switches and Sensors …………………..
    • Страница 409 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-3 Parts Location [A] Starter Lockout Switch [B] Camshaft Position Sensor [C] Radiator Fan Switch [D] Starter Motor [E] Alternator [F] Speed Sensor [G] Neutral Switch [H] Side Stand Switch [I] Water Temperature Sensor [J] Battery [K] Junction Box [L] Front Brake Light Switch [M]
    • Страница 410 из 516
      16-4 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Exploded View
    • Страница 411 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-5 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb 1 Meter mounting screws 1.2 0.12 11 in·lb 2 Tail/brake light mounting screws 1.2 0.12 11 in·lb 3 License plate light mounting screws 1.2 0.12 11 in·lb 4 Front brake light switch screw 1.2 0.12 11 in·lb 5 Starter locknut switch
    • Страница 412 из 516
      16-6 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Exploded View
    • Страница 413 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-7 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb Remarks 1 Water temperature sensor 25 2.5 18 2 Spark plugs 13 1.3 115 in·lb 3 Alternator lead holding plate bolts 11 1.1 95 in·lb 4 Starter motor mounting bolts 11 1.1 95 in·lb 5 Stator motor coil bolts 11 1.1 95 in·lb 6
    • Страница 414 из 516
      16-8 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Exploded View
    • Страница 415 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-9 Exploded View No. Fastener Torque N·m kgf·m ft·lb Remarks 1 Regulator/rectifier bolts 6.9 0.7 62 in·lb 2 Fuel level sensor bolts 6.9 0.7 62 in·lb 3 Side stand switch bolt 8.8 0.9 78 in·lb 4 Neutral switch 15 1.5 11 5 Speed sensor bolt 6.9 0.7 62 in·lb L 6 Speed sensor cover
    • Страница 416 из 516
      16-10 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Specifications Item Battery: Type Capacity Voltage Charging System: Type Alternator output voltage Stator coil resistance Charging voltage (regulator/rectifier output voltage) Ignition System: Crankshaft sensor resistance Crankshaft sensor peak voltage Camshaft Position
    • Страница 417 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-11 Special Tools and Sealant Hand Tester: 57001–1394 Rotor Puller, M16/M18/M20/M22 × 1.5: 57001–1216 Flywheel Puller, M38 × 1.5: 57001–1405 Flywheel and Pulley Holder: 57001–1343 Rotor Holder: 57001–1543 Needle Adapter: 57001–1457 Lead Wire-Peak Voltage Adapter: 57001–1449
    • Страница 418 из 516
      16-12 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Wiring Diagram (U.S.A. and Canada)
    • Страница 419 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-13 Wiring Diagram (U.S.A. and Canada)
    • Страница 420 из 516
      16-14 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Wiring Diagram (Australia)
    • Страница 421 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-15 Wiring Diagram (Australia)
    • Страница 422 из 516
      16-16 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Wiring Diagram (Other than U.S.A., Canada, Australia, and Malaysia)
    • Страница 423 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-17 Wiring Diagram (Other than U.S.A., Canada, Australia, and Malaysia)
    • Страница 424 из 516
      16-18 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Wiring Diagram (Malaysia)
    • Страница 425 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-19 Wiring Diagram (Malaysia)
    • Страница 426 из 516
      16-20 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Precautions There are a number of important precautions that are musts when servicing electrical systems. Learn and observe all the rules below. ○Do not reverse the battery lead connections. This will burn out the diodes on the electrical parts. ○Always check battery
    • Страница 427 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-21 Precautions Male Connectors [B]
    • Страница 428 из 516
      16-22 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Electrical Wiring Wiring Inspection • Visually inspect the wiring for signs of burning, fraying, etc. If any wiring is poor, replace the damaged wiring. Pull each connector [A] apart and inspect it for corrosion, dirt, and damage. If the connector is corroded or dirty, clean
    • Страница 429 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-23 Battery Battery Removal CAUTION Do not disconnect the battery cables or any other electrical connections when the ignition switch is ON, as this could damage the ECU (Electronic Control Unit). Never reverse the connections of the battery, this could damage the ECU. • Remove:
    • Страница 430 из 516
      16-24 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Battery CAUTION Do not remove the aluminum seal sheet [A] sealing the filler ports [B] until just before use. no peeling, • Check to see that there isthe battery. tears or holes in the seal sheet on the top of battery • Place thethe seal on a level surface. Remove sheet. •
    • Страница 431 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-25 Battery seal [A] tightly the filler ports until the • Fit theare atcapssame levelinto the top of the battery. seal caps the as NOTE ○Do not hammer. Press down evenly with both hands. CAUTION Once you installed the seal caps after filling the battery, never remove it, nor add
    • Страница 432 из 516
      16-26 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Battery Precautions 1) No need of topping–up No topping–up is necessary in this battery until it ends its life under normal use. Forcibly prying off the sealing plug to add water is very dangerous. Never do that. 2) Refreshing charge If an engine will not start, a horn
    • Страница 433 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-27 Battery Interchange The sealed battery can fully display its performance only when combined with a proper vehicle electric system. Therefore, replace the sealed battery only on a motorcycle which was originally equipped with the sealed battery. Be careful, if a sealed
    • Страница 434 из 516
      16-28 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Battery Terminal Voltage: 11.5 ∼ less than 12.6 V Standard Charge 0.9 A × 5 ∼ 10 h Quick Charge 4.0 A × 1.0 h Battery Terminal Voltage (V) [A] Charge Time (h) [B] CAUTION If possible, do not quick charge. If the quick charge is done due to unavoidable circumstances, do
    • Страница 435 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-29 Charging System Alternator Cover Removal • Remove:Cover Bolts [A] Frame Left Frame Cover [B] Clamp (open) [A] Alternator Lead Connector [B] For California model, remove the separator. ○ container under • Place a suitable cover bolts [B]. the alternator cover [A], and remove
    • Страница 436 из 516
      16-30 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Charging System Stator Coil Installation a • Applyandnon-permanent locking agent to the stator coil tighten it. bolts Torque — Stator Coil Bolts: 11 N·m (1.1 kgf·m, 95 in·lb) the alternator • Secure the bolt. tighten lead with a holding plate, and ○Apply a non-permanent
    • Страница 437 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-31 Charging System gear [A]. • Install the starter crankshaft tapered portion [B] and dry Again, clean the • there. woodruff key • Fit thebefore installing[C] securely in the slot in the crankshaft the alternator rotor. • Install the alternator rotor [A] while turning [B] the
    • Страница 438 из 516
      16-32 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Charging System a disulfide grease • Apply[A],thin coat of molybdenum idle gear [B]. to the shaft and install it and starter • Install the alternator cover (see Alternator Cover Installation). Alternator Inspection There are three types of alternator failures: short, open
    • Страница 439 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-33 Charging System • If there is more resistance than shown in the table, or no hand tester reading (infinity) for any two leads, the stator has an open lead and must be replaced. Much less than this resistance means the stator is shorted, and must be replaced. Using the
    • Страница 440 из 516
      16-34 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Charging System • Do the 1st step regulator circuit test: ○Connect the test light and the 12 V battery to the regulator/rectifier as shown. ○Check BK1, BK2, and BK3 terminal respectively. If the test light turns on, the regulator/rectifier is defective. Replace it. If the
    • Страница 441 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-35 Charging System Charging Voltage Inspection the battery condition (see Battery section). • Check up the engine to obtain actual alternator operating • Warm conditions. seats (see Frame chapter). • Remove thethe ignition switch is turned off, and connect Check that • the hand
    • Страница 442 из 516
      16-36 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Charging System Charging System Circuit 1. Ignition Switch 2. To Starter Circuit Relay 3. Alternator 4. Regulator/Rectifier 5. Joint Connector C 6. Battery 12 V 8 Ah 7. Main Fuse 30A 8. Load
    • Страница 443 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-37 Ignition System WARNING The ignition system produces extremely high voltage. Do not touch the spark plugs or stick coils while the engine is running, or you could receive a severe electrical shock. CAUTION Do not disconnect the battery cables or any other electrical
    • Страница 444 из 516
      16-38 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Ignition System Crankshaft Sensor Installation the crankshaft sensor lead correctly (see • Routeand Hose Routing in Appendix chapter). Cable, Wire, • Tighten: Torque — Crankshaft Sensor Bolts: 5.9 N·m (0.6 kgf·m, 53 in·lb) sealant [A] to the • Apply silicone crankcase halves
    • Страница 445 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-39 Ignition System Crankshaft Sensor Resistance: 375 ∼ 565 Ω range of the tester, measure • Using the highest resistancecrankshaft sensor leads and the resistance between the chassis ground. Any tester reading less than infinity (∞) indicates a short, necessitating replacement
    • Страница 446 из 516
      16-40 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Ignition System Camshaft Position Sensor Removal • Remove: (see Fuel System (DFI) chapter) Fuel Tank Camshaft Position Sensor Lead Connector [A] (disconnect) ○Push the tongue [B] upside and take out the connector from the bracket. • Remove: Position Sensor Bolt [A] Camshaft
    • Страница 447 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-41 Ignition System Camshaft Position Sensor Peak Voltage Inspection • Remove: (see Fuel System (DFI) chapter) Fuel Tank • • Camshaft Position Sensor Lead Connector [A] (disconnect) Set the hand tester [B] to the 10 V DC range. Connect the peak voltage adapter [C] to the hand
    • Страница 448 из 516
      16-42 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Ignition System • Remove the stick coil harness [A] from the bracket. • Remove: Connector #4 [B] (disconnect) Stick Coil Stick Coil #4 [C] Stick Coil Connector #3 [D] (disconnect) • Disconnect: Water Temperature Sensor Connector [A] • Left Switch Housing Connector [B] Pull
    • Страница 449 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-43 Ignition System Stick Coil (Ignition Coil together with Spark Plug Cap) Inspection • Remove the stick coils (see this chapter). as follows. the primary winding resistance • Measure the hand tester between the coil[A] terminals. ○Connect ○Set the tester to the × 1 Ω range,
    • Страница 450 из 516
      16-44 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Ignition System WARNING To avoid extremely high voltage shocks, do not touch the spark plugs or tester connections. ignition switch and the engine stop • Turn the the starter button, turn the engine 4 switch ON. Pushing 5 • with the transmission in neutral to measure
    • Страница 451 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-45 Ignition System Interlock Operation Inspection • Remove: Frame chapter) Seats (see Junction Box (see this chapter) ○Do not disconnect the connectors. 1st Check Measure the terminal voltage of the G/BK lead in the junction box connector [A] in accordance with the following
    • Страница 452 из 516
      16-46 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Ignition System IC Igniter Inspection ○The IC Igniter is built in the ECU [A]. the Interlock Operation Inspection, Ignition • Refer toTroubleshooting Chapter and Fuel System (DFI) System chapter for ECU Inspection.
    • Страница 453 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-47 Ignition System
    • Страница 454 из 516
      16-48 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Ignition System Ignition System Circuit 1. Ignition Switch 2. Engine Stop Switch 3. Starter Button 4. Spark Plugs 5. Stick Coils 6. Side Stand Switch 7. Crankshaft Sensor 8. Camshaft Position Sensor 9. Throttle Sensor 10. Neutral Switch 11. Junction Box 12. Ignition Fuse 10A
    • Страница 455 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-49 Electric Starter System Starter Motor Removal CAUTION Do not tap the starter motor shaft or body. Tapping the shaft or body could damage the motor. the mounting bolts • Removethe starter motor [B].[A]. • Pull out [A]. • Slide back the rubber cap terminal nut [B]. Remove the
    • Страница 456 из 516
      16-50 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Electric Starter System ○The brush plate [A] and brushes come off with the right–hand end cover [B]. [A] bolt [B], • Remove the terminal locknut the and terminal [C] from and then remove the brush with brush plate the right–hand end cover. Starter Motor Assembly brush plate
    • Страница 457 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-51 Electric Starter System the • Align[B]. line [A] marked on the yoke with the through bolt hole Brush Inspection the [A] of each • Measureworn lengthto the servicebrush.replace the carbon If any is down limit, brush holder assembly [B] and the terminal bolt assembly [C].
    • Страница 458 из 516
      16-52 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Electric Starter System NOTE ○Even if the foregoing checks show the armature to be good, it may be defective in some manner not readily detectable with the hand tester. If all other starter motor and starter motor circuit components check good, but the starter motor still
    • Страница 459 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-53 Electric Starter System hand • Connect the [C] as tester [A] and 12 V battery [B] to the starter relay shown. Special Tool — Hand Tester: 57001–1394 If the relay does not work as specified, the relay is defective. Replace the relay. Testing Relay Tester Range: Criteria: × 1
    • Страница 460 из 516
      16-54 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Lighting System This models adopt the daylight system and have a headlight relay in the junction box. In these models, the headlight does not go on when the ignition switch and the engine stop switch are first turned on. The headlight comes on after the starter button is
    • Страница 461 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-55 Lighting System Headlight Bulb Replacement • Remove: Connector [A] Headlight Headlight Bulb Dust Cover [B] • Remove: Hook [A] Headlight Bulb [B] CAUTION When handling the quartz–halogen bulb, never touch the glass portion with bare hands. Always use a clean cloth. Oil
    • Страница 462 из 516
      16-56 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Lighting System • Fit the dust cover [A] with the arrow mark upward onto the bulb [B] firmly as shown. • Good [C] Bad [D] Arrow Mark [E] After installation, adjust the headlight aim (see this chapter). Headlight Removal/Installation • Remove:(see Frame chapter) Fairing
    • Страница 463 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-57 Lighting System • Pull the bulb [A] out of the socket [B]. CAUTION Do not turn the bulb. Pull the bulb out to prevent damage to the bulb. Do not use bulb rated for greater wattage then the specified valve. • Replace the bulb with a new one.
    • Страница 464 из 516
      16-58 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Lighting System Headlight/Tail Light Circuit (US, CA, AS) Headlight/Tail Light Circuit (Other than US, CA, AS) US: United States of America CA: Canada AS: Australia 1. Ignition Switch 2. Meter Ground 3. Alternator 4. Headlight Diodes 5. Taillight Fuse 10A 6. Headlight Fuse
    • Страница 465 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-59 Lighting System Turn Signal Light Circuit US: U.S.A. model CA: Canada model MY: Malaysia model 1. Joint Connector D 2. Meter Unit 3. Right Turn Signal Indicator Light (LED) 4. Left Turn Signal Indicator Light (LED) 5. Front Right Turn Signal Light 6. Front Left Turn Signal
    • Страница 466 из 516
      16-60 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Lighting System • Push and turn the bulb [A] counterclockwise and remove it. by aligning its upper and lower • Insert the new bulb [A]lower grooves [C] in the socket,pins [B] with the upper and and turn the bulb clockwise. ○Turn the bulb about 15° degrees. For the U.S.A. and
    • Страница 467 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-61 Lighting System by aligning its upper and lower • Insert the new bulb [A]lower grooves [C] in the socket,pins [B] with the upper and and turn the bulb clockwise. CAUTION The front turn signal/running position lights use a vibration resistant bulb. Replacement of the front
    • Страница 468 из 516
      16-62 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Lighting System the bolts [A]. • Unscrewthe bolts [B]. Loosen • the mounting screws [A]. • Unscrew the tail/brake light (LED) [B]. Remove • Pull out the mount portion [C]. ○ Tail/Brake Light (LED) Installation • Tighten the tail/brake light mounting screws. Torque —
    • Страница 469 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-63 Radiator Fan System Fan System Circuit Inspection • Disconnect the lead connector [A] from the radiator fan switch. • Using an auxiliary wire [A], connect the radiator fan switch leads. If the fan rotates, inspect the fan switch. If the fan does not rotate, inspect the
    • Страница 470 из 516
      16-64 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Radiator Fan System Radiator Fan Circuit 1. Radiator Fan 2. Radiator Fan Switch 3. Joint Connector A 4. Joint Connector D 5. Meter Ground 6. Frame Ground 7. Joint Connector B 8. Junction Box 9. Fan Fuse 10A 10. Main Fuse 30A 11. Battery 12 V 8 Ah
    • Страница 471 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-65 Meter, Gauge, Indicator Unit Meter Unit Removal • Remove: (see Frame chapter) Wind Sealed Slide the dust cover [A] and remove the wiring connector • [B]. the meter unit • Removethe washers. by taking off the mounting screws [C] with CAUTION Place the meter or gauge so that
    • Страница 472 из 516
      16-66 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Meter, Gauge, Indicator Unit Electronic Combination Meter Unit Inspection • Remove the meter unit [A]. [1] Ignition [2] Fuel Reserve Switch [3] Unused [4] Fuel Level Sensor [5] Neutral Indicator Light (LED) Ground (–) [6] FI Indicator Light (LED) Ground (–) [7] Tachometer
    • Страница 473 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-67 Meter, Gauge, Indicator Unit MODE AND RESET BUTTON Operation Check: Connect the 12 V battery and terminals in the same manner as specified in the «Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) Segments Check». Check that the display change to the ODO, TRIP, and CLOCK displays each time the
    • Страница 474 из 516
      16-68 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Meter, Gauge, Indicator Unit HOUR setting mode, press • In the the MINUTE setting mode. the RESET button to effect ○The minute display flashes on the display. • Press the MODE button to set the minute. press • In the MINUTE setting mode, settingthe RESET button to return to
    • Страница 475 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-69 Meter, Gauge, Indicator Unit • If the oscillator is not available, the speedometer can be checked as follows. ○Install the meter unit. ○Raise the rear wheel off the ground, using the jack. ○Turn on the ignition switch. ○Rotate the rear wheel by hand. ○Check that the
    • Страница 476 из 516
      16-70 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Meter, Gauge, Indicator Unit Water Temperature Meter Check: Connect the 12 V battery and terminals in the same manner as specified in the «Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) Segments Check». Connect the variable rheostat [A] to the terminal [8] as shown. Check that the number of
    • Страница 477 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-71 Meter, Gauge, Indicator Unit Fuel Level Gauge Inspection: Connect the 12 V battery and terminals in the same manner as specified in the “Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) Segments Check”. Connect a variable rheostat [A] to terminal [4] and [9] as shown. Check that the number of
    • Страница 478 из 516
      16-72 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Meter, Gauge, Indicator Unit • If the oscillator is not available, the tachometer can be checked as follows. ○Connect the 12 V battery and terminals in the same man- ner as specified in the «Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) Segments Check». ○Using an auxiliary wire, quick open
    • Страница 479 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-73 Meter, Gauge, Indicator Unit Right and Left Turn Signal Indicator Light (LED): For Right Turn Signal Indicator Light (LED) Battery Positive (+) Terminal to Terminal [13] For Left Turn Signal Indicator Light (LED) Battery Positive (+) Terminal to Terminal [14] High Beam
    • Страница 480 из 516
      16-74 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Meter, Gauge, Indicator Unit Meter Circuit 1. Right Turn Signal Indicator Light (LED) 2. High Beam Indicator Light (LED) 3. Neutral Indicator Light (LED) 4. Oil Pressure Warning Indicator Light (LED) 5. FI Indicator Light (LED) 6. Odometer/Trip Meter/Clock/Fuel Indicator 7.
    • Страница 481 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-75 Switches and Sensors Brake Light Timing Inspection • Refer to the Brakes in the Periodic Maintenance chapter. Brake Light Timing Adjustment • Refer to the Brakes in the Periodic Maintenance chapter. Switch Inspection hand to • Using a showntester, checkhavesee that only the
    • Страница 482 из 516
      16-76 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Switches and Sensors • Disconnect the connector [A]. • Remove the fan switch [B]. a container coolant • Suspend the switch [A] inprojection andofthreaded so that the temperature–sensing portion • are submerged. Suspend an accurate thermometer [B] in the coolant so that the
    • Страница 483 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-77 Switches and Sensors of that • Suspend the sensor [A] in a container andcoolant so porthe temperature-sensing projection [E] threaded • tion [E] are submerged. Suspend an accurate thermometer [B] in the coolant. NOTE ○The sensor and thermometer must not touch the container
    • Страница 484 из 516
      16-78 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Switches and Sensors • Remove: Bolts [A] Speed Sensor Cover • Remove: Bolt [A] Take out the speed sensor [B]. • sensor connector the battery • Connect the speed[C] and hand tester[A] withshown. [B], 10 kΩ resistor [D] as • Set the tester to the DC 25 V range. Special Tool —
    • Страница 485 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-79 Switches and Sensors Fuel Level Sensor Inspection • Remove: (see Fuel System (DFI) chapter) Fuel Tank Open the clamps [A]. • Remove: • Bolts [B] Fuel Level Sensor [C] the float moves down smoothly • Check thatshould go downup and its own weight. without binding. It under If
    • Страница 486 из 516
      16-80 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Switches and Sensors test light [A] (12 V socket with • Connect thethe 12 V battery [B]3.4 W bulb alevel sensor leads) and to the fuel connector [C]. Connections: Battery (+) → 12 V 3.4 W Bulb (one side) 12 V 3.4 W Bulb (other side) → Blue Lead Terminal Battery (–) → BK/Y
    • Страница 487 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-81 Junction Box The junction box [A] has fuses [B], relays, and diodes. The relays and diodes can not be removed. Junction Box Fuse Circuit Inspection • Remove the seats (see Frame chapter). • Remove the junction box [A]. connectors box [B]. • Pull off the all connector[A] from
    • Страница 488 из 516
      16-82 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Junction Box Starter Circuit/Headlight Relay Inspection • Remove the junction box (see Junction Box Fuse Circuit Inspection). • Check conductivity of the following numbered terminals by connecting the hand tester and one 12 V battery to the junction box as shown. ○Refer to
    • Страница 489 из 516
      ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16-83 Junction Box Diode Circuit Inspection • Remove the junction box.following pairs of terminals. • Check conductivity of the Diode Circuit Inspection Tester Connection 13–8, 13–9, 12–11, 12–14, 15–14, 16–14 The resistance should be low in one direction and more than ten times
    • Страница 490 из 516
      16-84 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Fuse 30A Main Fuse Removal • Remove: Cover (see Frame chapter) Right Side • 30A Main Fuse Connector [A] Pull out the main fuse [B] from the starter relay with needle nose pliers. Junction Box Fuse Removal the seats Frame • Removethe hook to(seeup the lidchapter). Unlock lift
    • Страница 491 из 516
      APPENDIX 17-1 Appendix Table of Contents Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing …………………………………………………………………………………. Troubleshooting Guide ……………………………………………………………………………………………..
    • Страница 492 из 516
      17-2 APPENDIX Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing
    • Страница 493 из 516
      APPENDIX 17-3 Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing 1. Fixes by the left side clamp of the tank. 2. Tank drain hose passes the side cover installation under the bracket. 3. Air cleaner drain hose 4. Fuel tank drain hose 5. Cooling reserve tank hose 6. Fixes by the swingarm clamp 7. Fuel level sensor 8.
    • Страница 494 из 516
      17-4 APPENDIX Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing
    • Страница 495 из 516
      APPENDIX 17-5 Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing 1. Clutch cable 2. Meter ground 3. Clamp (Ignition switch connector) 4. Ignition switch connector 5. Inlet air pressure sensor 6. To ignition coil 7. Fan motor connector (Connect the connector on the inlet air pressure sensor.) 8. Clamp 9. To fuel pump
    • Страница 496 из 516
      17-6 APPENDIX Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing
    • Страница 497 из 516
      APPENDIX 17-7 Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing 1. Run the main harness through lower and right side of the thermostat. 2. Frame ground (with thermostat bracket) 3. Ignition switch connector 4. Meter ground (with thermostat) 5. Engine harness (Connect the harness on the cross pipe.) 6. Water
    • Страница 498 из 516
      17-8 APPENDIX Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing
    • Страница 499 из 516
      APPENDIX 17-9 Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing 1. Tail light 2. Clamp 3. Atmospheric pressure sensor 4. To ECU fuse 5. Junction Box 6. To self-diagnosis indicator terminal 7. Pickup coil and oil pressure switch 8. Fuel pump 9. Fuel level gauge and fuel reserve switch 10. To inlet air temperature
    • Страница 500 из 516
      17-10 APPENDIX Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing
    • Страница 501 из 516
      APPENDIX 17-11 Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing 1. Clamp all the wires as shown in the encircled area. 2. Meter 3. Take out the lead of the meter from the right side of the tie lap to connect with the meter. 4. Clutch cable 5. Starter cable 6. To front left turn signal light (Run the harness above the
    • Страница 502 из 516
      17-12 APPENDIX Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing
    • Страница 503 из 516
      APPENDIX 17-13 Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing 1. Clamp 2. Brake hose 3. Punch mark 4. Run the brake hose through the inside of the frame. 5. Tight the bolt to the specified torque with the stopper (for turning prevention) applied.
    • Страница 504 из 516
      17-14 APPENDIX Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing
    • Страница 505 из 516
      APPENDIX 17-15 Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing 1. Cam sensor lead (Run the lead between the convex area of cap center and bolt head to secure the coupler.) 2. Radiator fan switch lead (Run the lead through into the water hose.) 3. Cap 4. Catch cable (Run the cable through forward the water hose.) 5.
    • Страница 506 из 516
      17-16 APPENDIX Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing
    • Страница 507 из 516
      APPENDIX 17-17 Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing 1. Bend the bracket as shown to secure the lead. 2. Bend the bracket. 3. Run the lead end till it touches the boss of the crankcase. 4. Install the exterior of the lead with staking area facing downward.
    • Страница 508 из 516
      17-18 APPENDIX Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing
    • Страница 509 из 516
      APPENDIX 17-19 Cable, Wire, and Hose Routing 1. Run the hose (cap – reserve) through upside of the throttle cable. 2. Run the hose (white) through into the throttle cables. 3. Run the throttle body harness throttle upside of the hose (white) and hose (throttle – fitting). 4. Run the harness through
    • Страница 510 из 516
      17-20 APPENDIX Troubleshooting Guide NOTE ○Refer to the Fuel System chapter for most of DFI trouble shooting guide. ○This is not an exhaustive list, giving every possible cause for each problem listed. It is meant simply as a rough guide to assist the troubleshooting for some of the more common
    • Страница 511 из 516
      APPENDIX 17-21 Troubleshooting Guide Air cleaner duct loose Compression low: Spark plug loose Cylinder head not sufficiently tightened down No valve clearance Cylinder, piston worn Piston ring bad (worn, weak, broken, or sticking) Piston ring/groove clearance excessive Cylinder head warped Cylinder
    • Страница 512 из 516
      17-22 APPENDIX Troubleshooting Guide Muffler overheating: For KLEEN, do not run the engine even if with only one cylinder misfiring or poor running (Request the nearest service facility to correct it) For KLEEN, do not push-start with a dead battery (Connect another full-charged battery with jumper
    • Страница 513 из 516
      APPENDIX 17-23 Troubleshooting Guide Abnormal Engine Noise: Knocking: IC igniter in ECU trouble Carbon built up in combustion chamber Fuel poor quality or incorrect Spark plug incorrect Overheating Piston slap: Cylinder/piston clearance excessive Cylinder, piston worn Connecting rod bent Piston
    • Страница 514 из 516
      17-24 APPENDIX Troubleshooting Guide Handling and/or Stability Unsatisfactory: Handlebar hard to turn: Cable routing incorrect Hose routing incorrect Wiring routing incorrect Steering stem nut too tight Steering stem bearing damaged Steering stem bearing lubrication inadequate Steering stem bent
    • Страница 515 из 516
      MODEL APPLICATION Year Model 2003 ZR1000–A1 2004 ZR1000–A2 Beginning Frame No. JKAZRCA1□3A000001 ZRT00A–000001 JKAZRT00AAA000001 JKAZRCA1□ 4A015001 JKAZRT00AAA015001 ZRT00A–015001 □:This digit in the frame number changes from one machine to another. Part No.99924-1310-03 Printed in Japan
    • Страница 516 из 516

    Руководство на английском языке по техническому обслуживанию и ремонту мотоциклов Kawasaki серии Z.

    • Издательство: Kawasaki Heavy Industries, Ltd.
    • Год издания: 1972
    • Страниц: 160
    • Формат: PDF
    • Размер: 26,8 Mb

    Руководство (дополнение) на английском языке по техническому обслуживанию и ремонту мотоциклов Kawasaki GPZ400/GPZ550/Z400F/Z400F-II/Z500F/Z550F.

    • Издательство: Kawasaki Heavy Industries, Ltd.
    • Год издания: 1984
    • Страниц: 126
    • Формат: PDF
    • Размер: 9,9 Mb

    Руководство на английском языке по техническому обслуживанию и ремонту мотоциклов Kawasaki KZ650 и Z650 с 1976 года выпуска.

    • Издательство: Haynes Publishing
    • Год издания: 1978
    • Страниц: 132
    • Формат: PDF
    • Размер: 27,0 Mb

    Руководство на английском языке по техническому обслуживанию и ремонту мотоциклов Kawasaki Z750.

    • Издательство: Kawasaki Heavy Industries, Ltd.
    • Год издания: 2007
    • Страниц: 681
    • Формат: PDF
    • Размер: 13,0 Mb

    Руководство на английском языке по техническому обслуживанию и ремонту мотоциклов Kawasaki Z750S.

    • Издательство: Kawasaki Heavy Industries, Ltd.
    • Год издания: 2004
    • Страниц: 571
    • Формат: PDF
    • Размер: 11,3 Mb

    Руководство на английском языке по техническому обслуживанию и ремонту мотоциклов Kawasaki Z1000.

    • Издательство: Kawasaki Heavy Industries, Ltd.
    • Год издания: 2003
    • Страниц: 515
    • Формат: PDF
    • Размер: 10,7 Mb

    Руководство по эксплуатации и техническому обслуживанию мотоциклов Kawasaki Z750R.

    • Издательство: Kawasaki Heavy Industries, Ltd.
    • Год издания: 2011
    • Страниц: 173
    • Формат: PDF
    • Размер: 5,2 Mb

    Руководство по эксплуатации и техническому обслуживанию мотоциклов Kawasaki Z800.

    • Издательство: Kawasaki Heavy Industries, Ltd.
    • Год издания:
    • Страниц: 158
    • Формат: PDF
    • Размер: 4,7 Mb

    Руководство по эксплуатации и техническому обслуживанию мотоциклов Kawasaki Z1000SX.

    • Издательство: Kawasaki Heavy Industries, Ltd.
    • Год издания: 2011
    • Страниц: 172
    • Формат: PDF
    • Размер: 4,7 Mb

    Понравилась статья? Поделить с друзьями:
  • Плантафид инструкция по применению для роз
  • Сибирская клетчатка инструкция по применению взрослым цена отзывы
  • Втр 10и руководство по эксплуатации
  • Айфа ацц 600 мг инструкция по применению
  • Хлебопечка nordica home baker 6572 инструкция